application-assurance commands
configure
— application-assurance
— aarp number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— master-selection-mode keyword
— peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— peer-endpoint
— sap
— encap-type keyword
— sap-id sap
— spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id
— priority number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— cflowd
— field named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— flow-attribute
— attribute named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— group number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— certificate-profile named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— file certificate-file
— cflowd
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— comprehensive
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— flow-rate number
— flow-rate-2 number
— template
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dynamic-fields
— admin-state keyword
— field named-item
— field-selection keyword
— direct-export
— collector number
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— vlan-id number
— export-override
— mode keyword
— prefix named-item
— obfuscation
— aes-128-encryption-key encrypted-leaf
— aes-256-encryption-key encrypted-leaf
— system-name named-item
— tcp-performance
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— flow-rate number
— flow-rate-2 number
— template
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dynamic-fields
— admin-state keyword
— field named-item
— field-selection keyword
— template-retransmit number
— volume
— rate number
— template
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dynamic-fields
— admin-state keyword
— field named-item
— field-selection keyword
— dns-ip-cache named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— dns-match
— domain named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— expression display-string
— trusted-server-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— server-name named-item
— ip-cache
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— size number
— static-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— http-enrich named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— field named-item
— aes-initialization-vector hex-string
— anti-spoof boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— calling-line-id boolean
— encode
— cert-base64 reference
— cert-profile reference
— key
— type keyword
— value encrypted-leaf
— md5-salt string-not-all-spaces
— name named-item
— static-string string-not-all-spaces
— rat-type-enrichment
— rat-type keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rat-string string-not-all-spaces
— http-error-redirect named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— error-code number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— custom-message-size number
— http-host display-string
— participant-id named-item
— template number
— http-notification named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— interval (number | keyword)
— script-url http-redirect-url
— template number
— http-redirect named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— captive-redirect
— vlan-id number
— description description
— redirect-https boolean
— redirect-url http-redirect-url
— tcp-client-reset boolean
— template number
— ip-identification-assist
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— passive-dns
— monitor boolean
— trusted-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item-or-empty
— positive-app-id
— enabled boolean
— partition number
— aa-sub-congestion-detection
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rat-type keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
— rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
— rtt-threshold-tolerance number
— aa-sub-remote boolean
— access-network-location
— source keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rat-type keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
— rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
— rtt-threshold-tolerance number
— source-level keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— aqp-initial-lookup boolean
— cflowd
— export-type keyword
— admin-state keyword
— app-group reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rate-choice keyword
— application reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rate-choice keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— event-log named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— buffer-type keyword
— max-entries number
— syslog
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— description description
— facility keyword
— port number
— severity keyword
— vlan-id number
— gtp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— gtp-filter named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— gtp-in-gtp keyword
— gtp-tunnel-database
— default-tunnel-endpoint-limit number
— validate-gtp-tunnels boolean
— validate-sequence-number boolean
— validate-source-ip-addr boolean
— imsi-apn-filter
— default-action keyword
— entry number
— action keyword
— apn display-string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— imsi-mcc-mnc-prefix display-string
— src-gsn
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— log
— action keyword
— event-log reference
— max-payload-length number
— message-type
— default-action keyword
— entry number
— action keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value (number | keyword)
— message-type-gtp-v2
— default-action keyword
— entry number
— action keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value (number | keyword)
— gtpc-inspection boolean
— log
— action keyword
— event-log reference
— mode keyword
— http-match-all-requests boolean
— http-x-online-host boolean
— ip-identification-contribute boolean
— ip-prefix-list named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— name named-item
— policy
— app-filter
— entry number
— admin-state keyword
— application reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— expression number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— eq display-string
— neq display-string
— type keyword
— flow-setup-direction keyword
— http-match-all-requests boolean
— http-port
— eq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— neq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— ip-identification-assist boolean
— ip-protocol
— eq (number | keyword)
— neq (number | keyword)
— network-address
— eq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— neq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— protocol
— eq (string | named-item)
— neq (string | named-item)
— server-address
— eq
— dns-ip-cache reference
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— masked-ip
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— neq
— dns-ip-cache reference
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— masked-ip
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— server-port
— eq
— first-packet-policy keyword
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— gt
— port-number number
— lt
— port-number number
— neq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— app-group named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— charging-group reference
— description description
— export-id number
— app-profile named-item
— aa-sub-distribute-traffic-by-ip boolean
— aa-sub-suppressible boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— capacity-cost number
— characteristic reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value reference
— description description
— divert boolean
— app-qos-policy
— entry number
— action
— abandon-tcp-optimization boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth-policer
— anl reference
— dual-bucket reference
— flow reference
— single-bucket reference
— dns-ip-cache reference
— drop boolean
— error-drop
— event-log reference
— flow-count-limit-policer
— event-log reference
— policer-name reference
— flow-setup-rate-policer
— event-log reference
— policer-name reference
— fragment-drop
— drop-scope keyword
— event-log reference
— gtp-filter reference
— http-enrich reference
— http-error-redirect reference
— http-notification reference
— http-redirect
— flow-type keyword
— name reference
— mirror-source
— all-inclusive boolean
— mirror-service reference
— overload-drop
— event-log reference
— remark
— dscp
— in-profile keyword
— out-profile keyword
— fc keyword
— priority keyword
— sctp-filter reference
— session-filter reference
— tcp-mss-adjust number
— tcp-validate reference
— tls-enrich reference
— url-filter
— characteristic reference
— name reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— match
— aa-sub
— esm
— eq named-item
— neq named-item
— esm-mac
— eq named-item
— neq named-item
— sap
— eq sap
— neq sap
— spoke-sdp
— eq sdp-bind-id
— neq sdp-bind-id
— transit
— eq named-item
— neq named-item
— aa-sub-tethering keyword
— app-group
— eq reference
— neq reference
— application
— eq reference
— neq reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— characteristic reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— eq reference
— neq reference
— charging-group
— eq reference
— neq reference
— dscp
— eq keyword
— neq keyword
— dst-ip
— eq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— neq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— dst-port
— eq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— neq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— flow-attribute named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— confidence
— eq number
— gte number
— lt number
— ip-protocol
— eq (number | keyword)
— neq (number | keyword)
— src-ip
— eq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— neq
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— src-port
— eq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— neq
— port-list reference
— port-number number
— range
— end number
— start number
— traffic-direction keyword
— app-service-options
— characteristic named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-value named-item
— value named-item
— application named-item
— app-group reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— charging-group reference
— description description
— export-id number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— charging-filter
— entry number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— charging-group reference
— description description
— match
— app-group
— eq reference
— neq reference
— application
— eq reference
— neq reference
— flow-attribute named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— confidence
— eq number
— gte number
— lt number
— tethered-flow
— charging-group named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— export-id number
— notify-start-stop keyword
— custom-protocol custom-protocol-name
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— expression number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— direction keyword
— eq display-string
— offset number
— ip-protocol keyword
— default-charging-group reference
— default-tethered-charging-group reference
— policy-override
— aa-sub
— sap sap
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— characteristic reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value reference
— spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— characteristic reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value reference
— transit named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— characteristic reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value reference
— port-list named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— port number
— range start number end number
— sctp-filter named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— event-log reference
— ppid
— default-action keyword
— entry number
— action keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value (number | keyword)
— ppid-range
— max number
— min number
— session-filter named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-action
— action keyword
— event-log reference
— description description
— entry number
— action
— deny
— event-log reference
— http-redirect reference
— l3-l4-redirect
— dst-ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— dst-port number
— permit
— tcp-optimizer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— match
— dst-ip
— dns-ip-cache reference
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— dst-port
— eq number
— gt number
— lt number
— port-list reference
— range
— end number
— start number
— ip-protocol (number | keyword)
— src-ip
— ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— ip-prefix-list reference
— src-port
— eq number
— gt number
— lt number
— port-list reference
— range
— end number
— start number
— shallow-inspection boolean
— statistics
— aa-admit-deny
— accounting-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— gtp-filter-stats boolean
— policer-stats boolean
— policer-stats-resources boolean
— sctp-filter-stats boolean
— session-filter-stats boolean
— tcp-validate-stats boolean
— aa-app-group
— accounting-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— aa-application
— accounting-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— aa-partition
— accounting-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— tethering-stats boolean
— traffic-type-stats boolean
— aa-protocol
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— aa-sub
— accounting-policy reference
— aggregate-stats-export-using keyword
— app-group reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— export-using keyword
— application reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— export-using keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— charging-group reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— export-using keyword
— collect-stats boolean
— exclude-tcp-retrans boolean
— max-throughput-stats boolean
— protocol named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— export-using keyword
— radius-accounting-policy reference
— usage-monitoring boolean
— aa-sub-study keyword
— aa-sub
— esm named-item
— esm-mac named-item
— sap sap
— spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id
— transit named-item
— accounting-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— tcp-validate named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— log
— all boolean
— event-log reference
— strict boolean
— tethering-detection
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— single-device
— expected-ttl number
— invert-match boolean
— ttl-monitor
— tcp-protocols keyword
— udp-protocols keyword
— threshold-crossing-alert
— criteria keyword direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— policer named-item direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— tcp-validate reference direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— high-watermark number
— low-watermark number
— transit-ip-policy number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-app-profile reference
— description description
— detect-seen-ip boolean
— dhcp
— admin-state keyword
— diameter
— admin-state keyword
— application-policy reference
— ipv6-address-prefix-length number
— radius
— admin-state keyword
— authentication-policy reference
— seen-ip-radius-acct-policy reference
— static-aa-sub named-item
— app-profile reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip (ipv4-unicast-address | ipv6-prefix)
— sub-ident-policy reference
— transit-auto-create
— admin-state keyword
— inactivity-monitor boolean
— transit-prefix-policy number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— entry number
— aa-sub reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— match
— aa-sub-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— network-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— static-aa-sub named-item
— app-profile reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— is-remote boolean
— wap1x
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policer
— anl-bandwidth-policer named-item
— action keyword
— adaptation-rule
— pir keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— mbs number
— rate-percentage number
— rate-percentage-stage-2 number
— dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item
— adaptation-rule
— cir keyword
— pir keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— cbs number
— cir (number | keyword)
— congestion-override
— cbs number
— cir (number | keyword)
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— congestion-override-stage-2
— cbs number
— cir (number | keyword)
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— description description
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-of-day-override number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— cbs number
— cir (number | keyword)
— description description
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-range
— daily
— all-days
— end policer-end-time
— on keyword
— start policer-start-time
— weekly
— end
— day keyword
— time policer-end-time
— start
— day keyword
— time policer-start-time
— flow-bandwidth-policer named-item
— action keyword
— adaptation-rule
— pir keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— congestion-override
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— congestion-override-stage-2
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— description description
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-of-day-override number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-range
— daily
— all-days
— end policer-end-time
— on keyword
— start policer-start-time
— weekly
— end
— day keyword
— time policer-end-time
— start
— day keyword
— time policer-start-time
— flow-count-limit-policer named-item
— action keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— granularity keyword
— limit-gtp-flows boolean
— peak-flow-count (number | keyword)
— time-of-day-override number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— peak-flow-count (number | keyword)
— time-range
— daily
— all-days
— end policer-end-time
— on keyword
— start policer-start-time
— weekly
— end
— day keyword
— time policer-end-time
— start
— day keyword
— time policer-start-time
— flow-setup-rate-policer named-item
— action keyword
— adaptation-rule
— peak-flow-setup-rate keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— flow-setup-rate-burst-size number
— granularity keyword
— peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword)
— time-of-day-override number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— flow-setup-rate-burst-size number
— peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword)
— time-range
— daily
— all-days
— end policer-end-time
— on keyword
— start policer-start-time
— weekly
— end
— day keyword
— time policer-end-time
— start
— day keyword
— time policer-start-time
— single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item
— action keyword
— adaptation-rule
— pir keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— congestion-override
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— congestion-override-stage-2
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— description description
— granularity keyword
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-of-day-override number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— mbs number
— pir (number | keyword)
— time-range
— daily
— all-days
— end policer-end-time
— on keyword
— start policer-start-time
— weekly
— end
— day keyword
— time policer-end-time
— start
— day keyword
— time policer-start-time
— tcp-optimizer named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dack-timeout number
— description description
— high-cpu-backoff boolean
— initial-cwnd number
— initial-ss-threshold (number | keyword)
— network-rtt-threshold number
— tcp-stack keyword
— url-filter named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-function-specific-behaviour boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-action
— allow
— block-all
— block-http-redirect reference
— description description
— http-redirect reference
— http-request-filtering keyword
— icap
— custom-x-header named-item
— default-action
— allow
— block-all
— block-http-redirect reference
— http-redirect reference
— server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— vlan-id number
— local-filtering
— allow-list reference
— deny-list reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-action
— allow
— block-all
— block-http-redirect reference
— http-redirect reference
— web-service
— category-set number
— classification-overrides
— entry number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— category-name named-item
— expression display-string
— classifier keyword
— default-action
— allow
— block-all
— block-http-redirect reference
— default-profile reference
— dns-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— fqdn display-string
— http-redirect reference
— profile named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— block
— category web-serv-category-name
— description description
— server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— vlan-id number
— url-list named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— file display-string
— host-expressions boolean
— key encrypted-leaf
— size keyword
— http-enrich
— field named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— http-error-redirect
— error-code number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— template number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— http-notification
— template number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— http-redirect
— template number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— comment named-item
— protocol named-item
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— radius-accounting-policy named-item
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description description
— interim-update-interval number
— radius-accounting-server
— access-algorithm keyword
— retry number
— router-instance string
— server number
— address ipv4-unicast-address
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— port number
— secret encrypted-leaf
— source-address ipv4-unicast-address
— timeout number
— significant-change number
— usage-alert-thresholds
— bit-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
— bit-rate-low-wmark number
— datapath-cpu-high-wmark (number | keyword)
— datapath-cpu-low-wmark number
— flow-setup-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
— flow-setup-rate-low-wmark number
— flow-table-high-wmark number
— flow-table-low-wmark number
— packet-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
— packet-rate-low-wmark number
application-assurance command descriptions
application-assurance
| Synopsis | Enter the application-assurance context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance | |
| Tree | application-assurance | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of Application Assurance (AA) operations. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aarp [aarp-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the aarp list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number | |
| Tree | aarp | |
Description | Commands in this context define an Application Assurance Redundancy Protocol (AARP) instance. This instance is paired with the same AARP ID in a peer node, as part of the configuration to provide flow and packet asymmetry removal for traffic of a multi-homed SAP or spoke SDP. | |
| Max. instances | 100 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[aarp-id] number
| Synopsis | AARP ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number | |
| Tree | aarp | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AARP instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
master-selection-mode keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AARP master selection mode | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number master-selection-mode keyword | |
| Tree | master-selection-mode | |
Description | This command configures the AARP mode of operation with the peer instance. The modes affect the AARP state machine behavior according to the specified behavior. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | minimize-switchovers | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AARP peer IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
Description | This command defines the IP address of the AARP peer router, which must be a routable system IP address. If no peer is configured when the AARP is administratively enabled, it is configured as a single node AARP instance. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer-endpoint
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-endpoint context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer-endpoint | |
| Tree | peer-endpoint | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the attributes of the peer endpoint parent AA subscriber of the AARP peer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sap
| Synopsis | Enable the sap context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer-endpoint sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: sap or spoke-sdp. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
encap-type keyword
| Synopsis | Encapsulation type for peer endpoint SAP | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer-endpoint sap encap-type keyword | |
| Tree | encap-type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sap-id sap
| Synopsis | AARP peer endpoint SAP ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer-endpoint sap sap-id sap | |
| Tree | sap-id | |
| String length | 1 to 45 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | AARP peer endpoint spoke SDP | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number peer-endpoint spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
| String length | 3 to 16 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: sap or spoke-sdp. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
priority number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AARP priority | |
| Context | configure application-assurance aarp number priority number | |
| Tree | priority | |
Description | This command defines the priority for the AARP instance. The priority value is used to determine the master and backup upon initialization or rebalance. | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
cflowd
| Synopsis | Enter the cflowd context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance cflowd | |
| Tree | cflowd | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the field list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance cflowd field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Cflowd record field name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance cflowd field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance cflowd field named-item comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-attribute
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-attribute context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance flow-attribute | |
| Tree | flow-attribute | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute [attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance flow-attribute attribute named-item | |
| Tree | attribute | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Attribute name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance flow-attribute attribute named-item | |
| Tree | attribute | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance flow-attribute attribute named-item comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group [aa-group-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an Application Assurance group and partition parameters. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[aa-group-id] number
| Synopsis | AA group ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number | |
| Tree | group | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
certificate-profile [cert-prof-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the certificate-profile list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item | |
| Tree | certificate-profile | |
Description | Commands in this context create a certificate profile to be used for certificate-based encryption in HTTP header enrichment. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[cert-prof-name] named-item
| Synopsis | AA group certificate profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item | |
| Tree | certificate-profile | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA certificate profile | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
file certificate-file
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Certificate file name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item file certificate-file | |
| Tree | file | |
| String length | 1 to 95 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
cflowd
| Synopsis | Enter the cflowd context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd | |
| Tree | cflowd | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of cflowd export | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collector [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
| Synopsis | Enter the collector list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | collector | |
Description | Commands in this context configure flow data collectors for cflowd data. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the cflowd collector host. | |
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the remote cflowd collector host | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | collector | |
Description | This command configures the IP address of the remote cflowd collector host. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the cflowd collector host. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port number
| Synopsis | Cflowd collector host port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | collector | |
Description | This command configures the UDP port number used by the remote cflowd collector host. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| MD-CLI default | 4739 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the cflowd export | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd collector (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comprehensive
| Synopsis | Enter the comprehensive context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive | |
| Tree | comprehensive | |
Description | Commands in this context configure cflowd comprehensive records output parameters. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-rate number
| Synopsis | Cflowd flow sampling rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive flow-rate number | |
| Tree | flow-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-rate-2 number
| Synopsis | Cflowd per-flow second sampling rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive flow-rate-2 number | |
| Tree | flow-rate-2 | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template
| Synopsis | Enter the template context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the template for comprehensive fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dynamic-fields
| Synopsis | Enter the dynamic-fields context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template dynamic-fields | |
| Tree | dynamic-fields | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the fields that are included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the dynamic fields | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template dynamic-fields admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for field | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command adds a dynamic field to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Cflowd template dynamic field name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the field to be included in the exported cflowd template.
| |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field-selection keyword
| Synopsis | Field selection method | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd comprehensive template field-selection keyword | |
| Tree | field-selection | |
Description | This command configures the method for selecting the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | legacy | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direct-export
| Synopsis | Enter the direct-export context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export | |
| Tree | direct-export | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collector [collector-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the collector list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number | |
| Tree | collector | |
| Max. instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[collector-id] number
| Synopsis | Cflowd direct export collector ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number | |
| Tree | collector | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
| Synopsis | Enter the address list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the cflowd direct export collector IP address. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the cflowd direct export collector. | |
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the remote cflowd collector host | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | This command configures the IP address of the remote cflowd collector host. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the cflowd collector host. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port number
| Synopsis | Cflowd collector host port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | This command configures the UDP port number used by the remote cflowd collector host. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| MD-CLI default | 4739 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the direct export collector | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command sets the administrative state of the cflowd direct export collector. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the cflowd direct export collector. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export collector number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vlan-id number
| Synopsis | Cflowd direct export VLAN ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd direct-export vlan-id number | |
| Tree | vlan-id | |
| Range | 1 to 4094 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-override
| Synopsis | Enter the export-override context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd export-override | |
| Tree | export-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA subtype used in the cflowd record export. The cflowd statistics exported to the cflowd collector look identical to AA for the type of system defined by the mode. The following cflowd export fields are affected:
All AA cflowd record types are affected by export override. To change the export override or prefix, cflowd must first be disabled. When this command is set back to the default, the prefix is also set back to its default. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mode keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AA cflowd export override mode | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd export-override mode keyword | |
| Tree | mode | |
Description | This command specifies the type of system emulated for the cflowd export. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
prefix named-item
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AA group cflowd export override prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd export-override prefix named-item | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Description | This command specifies the prefix-string associated with the export override. The prefix string specifies up to an 8 character string. If the 8 character prefix is "ABCDEFG_" for a particular node, the cflowd export override would generate IPv4 interface names such as ABCDEFG_255.255.255.255 or IPv6 as ABCDEFG_2001:DB8:EF01:2345::/64. By default, the prefix is left blank. | |
| String length | 1 to 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
obfuscation
| Synopsis | Enter the obfuscation context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd obfuscation | |
| Tree | obfuscation | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aes-128-encryption-key encrypted-leaf
| Synopsis | AES-128 encryption key | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd obfuscation aes-128-encryption-key encrypted-leaf | |
| Tree | aes-128-encryption-key | |
Description | This command specifies the AES-128 key used to encrypt export cflowd fields. | |
| String length | 1 to 51 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aes-256-encryption-key encrypted-leaf
| Synopsis | AES-256 encryption key | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd obfuscation aes-256-encryption-key encrypted-leaf | |
| Tree | aes-256-encryption-key | |
Description | This command specifies the AES-256 key used to encrypt exported cflowd fields. | |
| String length | 1 to 71 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
system-name named-item
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Node name to report in cflowd template | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd system-name named-item | |
| Tree | system-name | |
Description | This command configures the system name of the cflowd AA group. This is exported to the comprehensive cflowd template as aaSystemName. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 24.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
tcp-performance
| Synopsis | Enter the tcp-performance context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance | |
| Tree | tcp-performance | |
Description | Commands in this context configure TCP performance parameters for the group cflowd export. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-rate number
| Synopsis | Cflowd flow sampling rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance flow-rate number | |
| Tree | flow-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-rate-2 number
| Synopsis | Cflowd per-flow second sampling rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance flow-rate-2 number | |
| Tree | flow-rate-2 | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template
| Synopsis | Enter the template context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the template for cflowd TCP performance fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dynamic-fields
| Synopsis | Enter the dynamic-fields context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template dynamic-fields | |
| Tree | dynamic-fields | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the dynamic fields | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template dynamic-fields admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for field | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command adds a list entry for fields to include in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Cflowd template dynamic field name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the field to be included in the exported cflowd template.
| |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field-selection keyword
| Synopsis | Field selection method | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd tcp-performance template field-selection keyword | |
| Tree | field-selection | |
Description | This command configures the method for selecting the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | legacy | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template-retransmit number
| Synopsis | Template retransmit time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd template-retransmit number | |
| Tree | template-retransmit | |
| Range | 10 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
volume
| Synopsis | Enter the volume context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume | |
| Tree | volume | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the cflowd volume export. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate number
template
dynamic-fields
| Synopsis | Enter the dynamic-fields context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume template dynamic-fields | |
| Tree | dynamic-fields | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the dynamic fields | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume template dynamic-fields admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for field | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command adds a list entry for the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Cflowd template dynamic field name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume template dynamic-fields field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the field to be included in the exported cflowd template.
| |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field-selection keyword
| Synopsis | Field selection method | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number cflowd volume template field-selection keyword | |
| Tree | field-selection | |
Description | This command configures the method for selecting the fields to be included in the exported cflowd template. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | legacy | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-ip-cache [dns-ip-cache-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the dns-ip-cache list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a DNS IP cache that is used to snoop DNS requests generated by subscribers, to populate a cache of IP addresses that match a specified list of domain names. In the context of strengthening URL-content charging, Operators may also specify a list of trusted DNS servers to populate the DNS IP cache. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[dns-ip-cache-name] named-item
| Synopsis | DNS IP cache name within the AA group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA DNS IP cache object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-match
| Synopsis | Enter the dns-match context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match | |
| Tree | dns-match | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
domain [domain-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the domain list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match domain named-item | |
| Tree | domain | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a domain expression to populate the DNS IP cache. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[domain-name] named-item
| Synopsis | DNS IP cache domain name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match domain named-item | |
| Tree | domain | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
expression display-string
| Synopsis | AA DNS domain expression to match | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match domain named-item expression display-string | |
| Tree | expression | |
Description | This command specifies a domain name expression string used to define a pattern match. The domain expression uses the same syntax as the expressions used in configure application-assurance group partition policy app-filter entry app-filters configuration. | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
trusted-server-address [dns-server-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the trusted-server-address list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match trusted-server-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | trusted-server-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a trusted DNS server address. DNS responses from this DNS server are used to populate the DNS IP cache. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[dns-server-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Trusted DNS server address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match trusted-server-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | trusted-server-address | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server-name named-item
| Synopsis | DNS server name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item dns-match trusted-server-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) server-name named-item | |
| Tree | server-name | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-cache
| Synopsis | Enter the ip-cache context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache | |
| Tree | ip-cache | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark value for the DNS IP cache | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
Description | This command configures the high watermark value for the DNS IP cache. When the number of cached IP addresses exceeds the threshold, the system generates a trap. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark value for the DNS IP cache | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
Description | This command configures the low watermark value for the DNS IP cache. When the number of cached IP addresses exceeds the high watermark threshold, the system generates a trap based on the high watermark. The trap clears after the number of cached IP addresses drops below the configured low watermark value. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of IP addresses stored in the cache | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache size number | |
| Tree | size | |
| Range | 10 to 64000 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
static-address [static-ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for static-address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache static-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | static-address | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[static-ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Trusted IP address for the DNS IP cache | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item ip-cache static-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | static-address | |
Description | This command configures an IP address to be used as a trusted IP address. For packets whose destination IP address matches that of the trusted IP address, a cache hit is assumed. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-enrich [http-enrich-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the http-enrich list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item | |
| Tree | http-enrich | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the HTTP enrichment policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[http-enrich-name] named-item
| Synopsis | HTTP header enrichment policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item | |
| Tree | http-enrich | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the HTTP enrichment policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the field list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Field name to insert into the HTTP header | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command specifies the field type to insert into the HTTTP header. The command must be repeated for each field to be inserted. The same field cannot be inserted twice into the header under different header names. Note: AA can insert two copies of the following fields in the same HTTP header (with a different header name): imei-hyphenated, imei-hyphenated-2, imsi, imsi-2, static-string, static-string-2, user-location-raw, and user-location-raw2. The following field types are supported in any deployment: static-string - header name for the inserted string static-string-2 - header name for the inserted string subscriber-id - header name for the subscriber ID subscriber-ip - header name for the subscriber IP address The following field types are supported in Fixed Wireless Access (FWA) deployments only: apn - complete APN string apn-ni - APN Network Identifier (APN-NI) used by the UE billing-type - UE charging type (charging characteristics) dynamic-acr - dynamic Anonymous Customer Record (ACR) static-acr - static ACR imei-hyphenated - subscriber IMEI with format AABBBBBB-CCCCCC-EE imei-hyphenated-2 - subscriber IMEI with format AABBBBBB-CCCCCC-EE imei-sv - subscriber IMEI with format AABBBBBBCCCCCCEE imsi - subscriber IMSI imsi-2 - subscriber IMSI msisdn - subscriber MSISDN msisdn-ts - subscriber MSISDN appended with the UNIX timestamp msisdn-without-cc - subscriber MSISDN without a country code pgw-ggsn-address - PGW/GGSN address serving the UE plmn-id - Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) ID of the SGSN/MME rat-type - Radio Access Technology (RAT) type timestamp - timestamp inserted in UNIX time format; for example, 1531204313 user-location - UE LOCATION (ULI) user-location-3gpp - ULI encoded as defined in 3GPP 29.061 user-location-raw - ULI in raw format:<ULI-TYPE1>[+<ULI-TYPE2>]=<ULI HEX> Example: x-locinfo: TAI+ECGI=1300622c46130062014adf16 user-location-raw-2 - ULI in raw format:<ULI-TYPE1>[+<ULI-TYPE2>]=<ULI HEX> Example: x-locinfo: TAI+ECGI=1300622c46130062014adf16 | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aes-initialization-vector hex-string
| Synopsis | Initialization vector for the AES CBC encryption | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item aes-initialization-vector hex-string | |
| Tree | aes-initialization-vector | |
Description | This command configures the initialization vector used for the AES CBC encryption. The vector consists of 34 characters, that is, 0x followed by exactly 32 hexadecimal characters. | |
| String length | 34 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
anti-spoof boolean
| Synopsis | Enable anti-spoofing | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item anti-spoof boolean | |
| Tree | anti-spoof | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the HTTP header enrichment anti-spoofing functionality. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
calling-line-id boolean
| Synopsis | Enable calling line identification | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item calling-line-id boolean | |
| Tree | calling-line-id | |
Description | When configured to true, this command configures the HTTP header for “x-up-calling-line-id” anti-spoofing. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
encode
| Synopsis | Enter the encode context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode | |
| Tree | encode | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the encoding applied to the HTTP header enrichment field. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cert-base64 reference
| Synopsis | Certificate profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode cert-base64 reference | |
| Tree | cert-base64 | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: cert-base64, cert-profile, or key. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cert-profile reference
| Synopsis | Certificate profile name used for encryption | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode cert-profile reference | |
| Tree | cert-profile | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number certificate-profile named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: cert-base64, cert-profile, or key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
key
| Synopsis | Enter the key context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode key | |
| Tree | key | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the encryption fields. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: cert-base64, cert-profile, or key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Encoding type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode key type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command configures the encoding/ encryption method. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value encrypted-leaf
| Synopsis | Secret key for encrypting the field | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item encode key value encrypted-leaf | |
| Tree | value | |
| String length | 1 to 114 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
md5-salt string-not-all-spaces
| Synopsis | MD5 salt string | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item md5-salt string-not-all-spaces | |
| Tree | md5-salt | |
Description | This command configures an MD5 salt string. The configured string is appended to the parameter before performing MD5 hashing of the field. | |
| String length | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name named-item
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | HTTP header field name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item name named-item | |
| Tree | name | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
static-string string-not-all-spaces
| Synopsis | HTTP header enrichment template field static string | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item field named-item static-string string-not-all-spaces | |
| Tree | static-string | |
| String length | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rat-type-enrichment
| Synopsis | Enter the rat-type-enrichment context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item rat-type-enrichment | |
| Tree | rat-type-enrichment | |
Description | Commands in this context configure Radio Access Type (RAT) enrichment. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rat-type [rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the rat-type list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item rat-type-enrichment rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | RAT type name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item rat-type-enrichment rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
Description | This command configures a customised RAT value for the specified RAT-Type. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rat-string string-not-all-spaces
| Synopsis | Customised RAT type value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item rat-type-enrichment rat-type keyword rat-string string-not-all-spaces | |
| Tree | rat-string | |
| String length | 1 to 31 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-error-redirect [http-error-redirect-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the http-error-redirect list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item | |
| Tree | http-error-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an HTTP error redirect policy that contains important information relevant to the redirect server. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[http-error-redirect-name] named-item
| Synopsis | HTTP error redirect policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item | |
| Tree | http-error-redirect | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the HTTP error redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
error-code [error-code-value] number
| Synopsis | Enter the error-code list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item error-code number | |
| Tree | error-code | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the HTTP error status codes to which a redirect action is applied. Only messages with sizes less than that configured for the custom-message-size command are eligible for redirect action. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[error-code-value] number
| Synopsis | HTTP error code value for an HTTP error redirect | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item error-code number | |
| Tree | error-code | |
| Range | 400 to 999 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
custom-message-size number
| Synopsis | HTTP error redirect error code custom message size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item error-code number custom-message-size number | |
| Tree | custom-message-size | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum message size above which an HTTP error redirect is not performed. | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Default | 1024 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-host display-string
| Synopsis | HTTP host for the HTTP error redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item http-host display-string | |
| Tree | http-host | |
Description | This command specifies the HTTP hostname of the landing server (Barefruit or Xerocole). It is used in the HTTP GET operation from the client (which is being redirected) to the redirect search landing server. The hostname must contain a valid IP address or HTTP hostname or URI for the HTTP GET from the client to the landing server. | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
participant-id named-item
| Synopsis | Participant ID for the HTTP error redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item participant-id named-item | |
| Tree | participant-id | |
Description | This command specifies a string assigned to the operator by Barefruit. It is used by Barefruit landing servers (applies to template # 1 only). | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template number
| Synopsis | Template ID for the HTTP error redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | This command configures the template of parameters passed from the AA-ISA to the redirect server using JavaScript in the redirect packet. The template is specific to the redirect server used in the network. Currently, two partners are supported with AA-ISA redirect solution, Barefruit, and Xerocole. | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-notification [http-notification-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the http-notification list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item | |
| Tree | http-notification | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an HTTP notification object for the subscriber in-browser notification. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[http-notification-name] named-item
| Synopsis | HTTP notification policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item | |
| Tree | http-notification | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA HTTP notification object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Minimum HTTP response notification interval | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1440 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Options | ||
| Default | one-time | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
script-url http-redirect-url
| Synopsis | Script URL inserted into the HTTP response | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item script-url http-redirect-url | |
| Tree | script-url | |
Description | This command configures the URL of the script used by the HTTP notification policy. | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template number
| Synopsis | Template ID for the AA HTTP notification object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | This command configures the template that defines the format and attributes included in the HTTP notification message. | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect [http-redirect-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the http-redirect list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the parameters of the HTTP redirect policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[http-redirect-name] named-item
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Description | This command specifies the applied HTTP redirect name. If no redirect name is specified, HTTP redirect is not enabled. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA HTTP redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
captive-redirect
| Synopsis | Enter the captive-redirect context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item captive-redirect | |
| Tree | captive-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the captive redirect capability for an HTTP redirect policy. HTTP redirect policies using captive redirect can be used in conjunction with a session-filter policy to terminate TCP flows in the ISA-AA card before reaching the Internet to redirect subscribers to the predefined redirect URL. Non-HTTP TCP flows are TCP reset. Captive redirect uses the provisioned VLAN ID to send the HTTP response to subscribers; therefore, this VLAN ID must be properly assigned in the same VPN as the subscriber. The operator can select the URL arguments to include in the redirect URL using either a specific template ID or by configuring the redirect URL using a supported macro substitution keyword. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vlan-id number
| Synopsis | Captive redirect VLAN ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item captive-redirect vlan-id number | |
| Tree | vlan-id | |
Description | This command configures the VLAN ID for a captive redirect. Captive redirect uses the provisioned VLAN ID to send the HTTP response to subscribers; therefore, this VLAN ID must be properly assigned in the same VPN as the subscriber. | |
| Range | 1 to 4094 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
redirect-https boolean
| Synopsis | Enable HTTPS redirect | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item redirect-https boolean | |
| Tree | redirect-https | |
Description | When set to true, the HTTP redirect policy redirects HTTPS sessions to the configured redirect URL. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
redirect-url http-redirect-url
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect URL | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item redirect-url http-redirect-url | |
| Tree | redirect-url | |
Description | This command configures the HTTP redirect URL which is the URL (page) that the user is redirected to when an HTTP redirect takes effect. The operator can select the URL arguments to include in the redirect URL, using either a specific template ID or by configuring any of the following macro substitution keywords:
Only ESM and ESM-MAC sub types support $MAC, $SAP, $CID, and $RID macro substitution. | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-client-reset boolean
| Synopsis | Enable TCP client reset | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item tcp-client-reset boolean | |
| Tree | tcp-client-reset | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables an HTTP-redirect policy to initiate a TCP reset towards the client if the AA policy results in a redirect with packet drop but the HTTP redirect cannot be delivered. Scenarios for this include HTTP (TLS) sessions, blocking of non-HTTP TCP traffic, and blocking of existing flows after a policy re-evaluation of an existing subscriber. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template number
| Synopsis | Template ID for the HTTP redirect object | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | This command configures the template that defines which parameters are appended to the HTTP host redirect field in the redirect message. The HTTP redirect template provides HTTP 302 redirect containing only the URL specified in the redirect policy, with no other parameters. | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-identification-assist
| Synopsis | Enter the ip-identification-assist context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist | |
| Tree | ip-identification-assist | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IP identification assist feature, which uses IP addresses to assist in traffic identification. This optional mechanism is enabled by default and consults an internally generated and stored database when app-filters fail to classify the traffic as one of the configured applications from the AppDB. Use the configure application-assurance group ip-identification-assist admin-state command to disable the administrative state of the IP identification assist feature. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IP identification assist | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
passive-dns
| Synopsis | Enter the passive-dns context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist passive-dns | |
| Tree | passive-dns | |
Description | Commands in this context configure passive DNS monitoring for the IP identification assist feature. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
monitor boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Use passive DNS monitoring to collect IP addresses | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist passive-dns monitor boolean | |
| Tree | monitor | |
Description | When configured to true, the router collects IP addresses by passively monitoring DNS traffic. The router uses the collected IP addresses to build its internal database. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
trusted-server [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the trusted-server list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist passive-dns trusted-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | trusted-server | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a DNS server that the IP identification assist feature is allowed to passively monitor. | |
| Max. instances | 64 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the DNS server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist passive-dns trusted-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | trusted-server | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item-or-empty
| Synopsis | Name or description to associate with the DNS server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist passive-dns trusted-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) comment named-item-or-empty | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 0 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
positive-app-id
| Synopsis | Enter the positive-app-id context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist positive-app-id | |
| Tree | positive-app-id | |
Description | Commands in this context implement the positive application identification mechanism, which monitors the correlations between IP addresses and applications identified with a high degree of confidence independently of any IP identification assist mechanism. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
enabled boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Use the positive application identification mechanism | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number ip-identification-assist positive-app-id enabled boolean | |
| Tree | enabled | |
Description | When configured to true, the router uses the positive application identification mechanism. This mechanism causes the router to add the IP addresses of the global applications learned through AA analysis into the IP identification assist cache. The router uses the harvested IP addresses to build its internal application-IP database. When configured to false, only DNS is used to harvest IP addresses. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
partition [aa-partition-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the partition list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number | |
| Tree | partition | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA partition-related policies. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[aa-partition-id] number
| Synopsis | Partition ID within the AA group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number | |
| Tree | partition | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-congestion-detection
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub-congestion-detection context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection | |
| Tree | aa-sub-congestion-detection | |
Description | Commands in this context configure congestion detection parameters related to Non-location Based Dynamic Experience Management (NLB-DEM). Note: NLB-DEM cannot be enabled if Access-Network Location (ANL) DEM mode is enabled; the two are mutually exclusive. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of congestion detection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rat-type [rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the rat-type list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the RAT types for which unique RTT thresholds are configured. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Mobile radio access technology (RAT) type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Round trip time congestion threshold for a RAT type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection rat-type keyword rtt-threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold | |
Description | This command configures the maximum acceptable round trip time (RTT) under no congestion. Any measured RTT above the threshold is considered an indication of possible congestion. | |
| Range | 1 to 500 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Round trip time congestion threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection rtt-threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold | |
Description | This command configures the default round trip delay threshold used by the DEM gateway algorithm to determine subscriber congestion for NLB-DEM. This default value is used when the current RAT-Type is not known, or has no associated configured RTT threshold. | |
| Range | 1 to 500 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 173 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold-tolerance number
| Synopsis | RTT threshold tolerance for congestion detection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-congestion-detection rtt-threshold-tolerance number | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold-tolerance | |
Description | This command configures the round trip delay threshold tolerance used by the DEM gateway algorithm to determine subscriber-level congestion. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 50 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-remote boolean
| Synopsis | Reverse subscriber traffic direction | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aa-sub-remote boolean | |
| Tree | aa-sub-remote | |
Description | When configured to true, the direction of the from-subscriber and to-subscriber traffic is reversed for this group partition. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
access-network-location
| Synopsis | Enter the access-network-location context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location | |
| Tree | access-network-location | |
Description | Commands in this context configure parameters related to dynamic experience management, also known as Access Network Location (ANL). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source [source-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the source list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword | |
| Tree | source | |
Description | Commands in this context configure location sources for dynamic experience management. | |
| Max. instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[source-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Access network location source | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword | |
| Tree | source | |
Description | This command specifies the location or access technology. AA supports access points for WLGW access points or ULI-2gpp for mobile (for example, FWA). | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rat-type [rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the rat-type list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the RAT types for which unique RTT thresholds are configured. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[rat-type-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Access network location RAT type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword rat-type keyword | |
| Tree | rat-type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | RTT congestion threshold for a RAT type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword rat-type keyword rtt-threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum acceptable round trip time (RTT) under no congestion. Any measured RTT above the threshold is considered an indication of possible congestion. | |
| Range | 1 to 500 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Source round trip time congestion threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword rtt-threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold | |
Description | This command configures the default round trip delay threshold used by the DEM gateway algorithm to determine ANL congestion. This default value is used when either the ANL RAT-Type is not known or has no associated configured RTT threshold. | |
| Range | 1 to 500 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 173 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtt-threshold-tolerance number
| Synopsis | Source round trip time congestion threshold tolerance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword rtt-threshold-tolerance number | |
| Tree | rtt-threshold-tolerance | |
Description | This command configures the ANL round trip delay threshold tolerance used by the DEM gateway algorithm to determine ANL-level congestion. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 50 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source-level keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Access network location source level | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number access-network-location source keyword source-level keyword | |
| Tree | source-level | |
| Options | ||
| Default | cell | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
aqp-initial-lookup boolean
| Synopsis | Enable AQP initial lookup | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number aqp-initial-lookup boolean | |
| Tree | aqp-initial-lookup | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows AA to perform application QoS policy (AQP) lookups on flows prior to complete application identification. As usual, AQP will be looked up again when identification is complete. Without this, AA executes AQPs that are part of the sub-default policy. The sub-default policy is formed by regular AQPs that contain ASOs, subID, or flow direction as matching conditions. This behavior is required, for example, to apply GTP and SCTP filtering on the first packet of a new GTP/SCTP flow (AQP matching conditions). When configured to false, AA only performs AQP lookups when identification is complete. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cflowd
| Synopsis | Enter the cflowd context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd | |
| Tree | cflowd | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA partition-based cflowd fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-type [flow-export-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the export-type list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword | |
| Tree | export-type | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the scope of traffic subjected to AA cflowd export. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[flow-export-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Cflowd flow export type for the partition | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword | |
| Tree | export-type | |
Description | This command allows the operator to configure the scope of traffic that can be sampled for cflowd export for the configured cflowd template. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of cflowd export | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group [app-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the app-group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword app-group reference | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure application groups for flow sampling and cflowd export. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[app-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Application group name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword app-group reference | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-choice keyword
| Synopsis | Cflowd rate to use for sampling | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword app-group reference rate-choice keyword | |
| Tree | rate-choice | |
| Options | ||
| Default | flow-rate | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application [application-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the application list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword application reference | |
| Tree | application | |
Description | Commands in this context configure applications for flow sampling and cflowd export. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[application-name] reference
| Synopsis | Application name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword application reference | |
| Tree | application | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-choice keyword
| Synopsis | Cflowd rate to use for sampling | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number cflowd export-type keyword application reference rate-choice keyword | |
| Tree | rate-choice | |
| Options | ||
| Default | flow-rate | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log [event-log-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the event-log list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an event log. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[event-log-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Partition event log name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Tree | event-log | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the event log | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
buffer-type keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Event log buffer type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item buffer-type keyword | |
| Tree | buffer-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | linear | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
max-entries number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of entries for the event log | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item max-entries number | |
| Tree | max-entries | |
| Range | 1 to 100000 | |
| Default | 500 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
syslog
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the syslog context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog | |
| Tree | syslog | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the syslog options for the partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Syslog host IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | address | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
facility keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AA syslog facility | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog facility keyword | |
| Tree | facility | |
Description | This command configures the syslog facility. The syslog facility is an information field associated with a syslog message. It is defined by the syslog protocol and provides an indication of which part of the system originated the message. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | local7 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
port number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | UDP port for syslog events | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog port number | |
| Tree | port | |
| Max. range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 514 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
severity keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Syslog message severity level threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog severity keyword | |
| Tree | severity | |
| Options | ||
| Default | info | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
vlan-id number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | ISA service port VLAN ID for sending syslog traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item syslog vlan-id number | |
| Tree | vlan-id | |
Description | This command configures the service port VLAN ID to be used by application assurance to provide syslog events. This VLAN ID also needs to be configured for the application assurance interface. | |
| Range | 1 to 4094 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
gtp
| Synopsis | Enter the gtp context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp | |
| Tree | gtp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure GTP parameters. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of GTP | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-filter [gtp-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the gtp-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context allow AA to treat traffic on UDP port number 2152 as GTP-U. Without further specifying any other parameters within this GTP context, AA performs basic GTP-U header sanity checks and discards packets that are malformed. This GTP context also allows the operator to configure various GTP filters. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[gtp-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | GTP filter name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-in-gtp keyword
| Synopsis | GTP in GTP packet filtering | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-in-gtp keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-in-gtp | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-tunnel-database
| Synopsis | Enter the gtp-tunnel-database context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-tunnel-database | |
| Tree | gtp-tunnel-database | |
Description | Commands in this context configure GTP advanced firewall functions, such as validating GTP tunnels, sequence numbers, and source IP addresses). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-tunnel-endpoint-limit number
| Synopsis | Default GTP tunnel endpoint limit | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-tunnel-database default-tunnel-endpoint-limit number | |
| Tree | default-tunnel-endpoint-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of GTP endpoints requested in GTP-C messages by using, for example, the PDP Context Create message type. The validate-gtp-tunnels command must be enabled before using this command. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
validate-gtp-tunnels boolean
| Synopsis | Enable GTP tunnel validation | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-tunnel-database validate-gtp-tunnels boolean | |
| Tree | validate-gtp-tunnels | |
Description | When configured to true, this command configures GTP tunnel validation. This allows for the validation of TEIDs and is a prerequisite for sequence checking and UE IP address validation. This command is only applicable when AA GTP FW is deployed on S8/S5/Gp/Gn interfaces. The gtpc-inspection command in the configure application-assurance group partition gtp context must be configured to true before using this command. When configured to false, the GTP tunnels cannot be validated. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
validate-sequence-number boolean
| Synopsis | Enable GTP sequence number checking | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-tunnel-database validate-sequence-number boolean | |
| Tree | validate-sequence-number | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables GTP sequence number checking. GTP packets that fail the sequence number check are discarded. The validate-gtp-tunnels command in the configure application-assurance group partition gtp gtp-filter gtp-tunnel-database context must be configured to true before using this command. When configured to false, the GTP packet sequence number cannot be checked. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
validate-source-ip-addr boolean
| Synopsis | Validate source IP address in GTP frames | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item gtp-tunnel-database validate-source-ip-addr boolean | |
| Tree | validate-source-ip-addr | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking for spoofed or invalid UE IP addresses. Upstream GTP packets that contain invalid UE IP addresses are discarded. When a packet is dropped due to source-ip-address “invalid source IP add”, the statistics counter is updated. The validate-gtp-tunnels command in the configure application-assurance group partition gtp gtp-filter gtp-tunnel-database context must be configured to true before using this command. When configured to false, the spoofed or invalid UE IP addresses cannot be checked. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
imsi-apn-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the imsi-apn-filter context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter | |
| Tree | imsi-apn-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure IMSI and APN filtering. The gtpc-inspection command in the configure application-assurance group partition gtp context must be configured to true before using this command. This command is only applicable to the GTP packets that contain IMSI or APN information elements (IEs). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action keyword
| Synopsis | IMSI APN filter default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter default-action keyword | |
| Tree | default-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an entry within the IMSI-APN filter to allow for IMSI-APN match and action configuration. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | AA IMSI-APN filter entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | This command specifies the index in the IMSI-APN list that defines a custom filtering action. | |
| Range | 1031 to 2030 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | IMSI APN filter entry action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
apn display-string
| Synopsis | APN as GTP filter match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number apn display-string | |
| Tree | apn | |
Description | This command configures a matching condition for an APN configured as a GTP filter. If no APN is specified, the entry is not checked for the APN IE in GTP-C packets. The values for this command are:
| |
| String length | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
imsi-mcc-mnc-prefix display-string
| Synopsis | IMSI (MCC-MNC) prefix as GTP filter match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number imsi-mcc-mnc-prefix display-string | |
| Tree | imsi-mcc-mnc-prefix | |
Description | This command configures a matching condition for the IMSI (MCC-MNC) prefix. This string represents the IMSI prefix to be matched against the IMSI IE of the packet, or the special value ANY_IMSI to indicate that an IMSI IE must be present as a matching condition regardless of the IMSI IE value. If no MCC-MNC prefix is specified, the entry will match GTP packets that have an IMSI IE containing any value. | |
| String length | 1 to 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
src-gsn
| Synopsis | Enter the src-gsn context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number src-gsn | |
| Tree | src-gsn | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a matching condition for the GSN IP address. The IP address value is checked only against the source IP address of the GTP packets that contain an APN IE or an IMSI IE. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Source GSN IP address prefix as filter match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number src-gsn ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Description | This command specifies a valid unicast address associated with the IMSI-APN filter entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | Source GSN IP address prefix list as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item imsi-apn-filter entry number src-gsn ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
log
| Synopsis | Enter the log context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item log | |
| Tree | log | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA group partition GTP filter log. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | GTP filter action to be logged | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item log action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event-log name to capture GTP filter events | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item log event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-payload-length number
| Synopsis | Maximum allowed GTP payload length | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item max-payload-length number | |
| Tree | max-payload-length | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
message-type
| Synopsis | Enter the message-type context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type | |
| Tree | message-type | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the GTP message-type filtering. If no message type is specified within a filter, all GTP message types are allowed. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action keyword
| Synopsis | GTP message type default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type default-action keyword | |
| Tree | default-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an entry for a specific GTPv1 message type value. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | GTP filter entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | This command specifies the index in the GTPv1 message value list that defines a custom message-type action. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | GTPv1 filter message entry action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type entry number action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value (number | keyword)
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | GTPv1 filter message type value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type entry number value (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
message-type-gtp-v2
| Synopsis | Enter the message-type-gtp-v2 context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 | |
| Tree | message-type-gtp-v2 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the GTPv2 message-type filtering. If message-type GTPv2 is not specified within a filter, all GTP message types are allowed, except for the messages that are dropped by GTP-C inspection because they violate the expected GTP protocol for the deployment interface (for example, roaming deployment). The gtpc-inspection command in the configure application-assurance group partition gtp context must be configured to true before configuring GTPv2 message-type filtering. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action keyword
| Synopsis | GTPv2 message type default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 default-action keyword | |
| Tree | default-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an entry for a specific GTPv2 message type value. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | GTPv2 filter entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | This command configures the index in the GTP message value list that defines a custom message-type action. | |
| Range | 516 to 770 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | GTPv2 filter message entry action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 entry number action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command specifies the action to take for packets that match this GTPv2 filter message entry. | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value (number | keyword)
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | GTPv2 filter message type value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item message-type-gtp-v2 entry number value (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
gtpc-inspection boolean
| Synopsis | Enable inspection of GTP-C packets | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtpc-inspection boolean | |
| Tree | gtpc-inspection | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the inspection of GTP-C packets. This is relevant only when AA GTP FW is deployed on S8/S5/Gp/Gn interfaces. This command must be enabled before configuring related features, such as APN filtering, GTP tunnel validation, message-type-v2 filtering, sequence number validation, and SRC IP validation. When configured to false, GTP-C packet inspection cannot be performed. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
log
action keyword
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log reference for logging GTP events | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp log event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mode keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | GTP mode | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp mode keyword | |
| Tree | mode | |
| Options | ||
| Default | filtering | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
http-match-all-requests boolean
| Synopsis | Enable HTTP matching for all requests for an expression | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number http-match-all-requests boolean | |
| Tree | http-match-all-requests | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables HTTP matching for all requests for an HTTP expression. When configured to false, this command restores the default and removes the matching request for this particular expression. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-x-online-host boolean
| Synopsis | Enable X-Online-Host header field | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number http-x-online-host boolean | |
| Tree | http-x-online-host | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the X-Online-Host header field as a replacement for the HTTP Host header field. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-identification-contribute boolean
| Synopsis | Contribute traffic info from this partition to group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-identification-contribute boolean | |
| Tree | ip-identification-contribute | |
Description | When configured to true, the router collects information from traffic in this partition and contributes it to the database that is built by the IP identification assist feature at the group level. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list [ip-prefix-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the ip-prefix-list list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an IP prefix list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-prefix-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | AA IP prefix list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an IP prefix within the list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | AA IP prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name named-item
| Synopsis | AA IP prefix name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) name named-item | |
| Tree | name | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy
| Synopsis | Enter the policy context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the fields for the Application Assurance policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the app-filter context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter | |
| Tree | app-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an application filter for Application Assurance. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context create an application filter entry. Application filter entries are an ordered list. The lowest numerical entry that matches the flow defines the application for that flow. An application filter entry or entries configure match attributes of an application. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Application filter entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA application filter entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application reference
| Synopsis | Application name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number application reference | |
| Tree | application | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
expression [expr-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the expression list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number expression number | |
| Tree | expression | |
Description | Commands in this context configure string values to use in the application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[expr-index] number
| Synopsis | Application filter matching expression identifier | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number expression number | |
| Tree | expression | |
| Range | 1 to 4 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq display-string
| Synopsis | Exact match for application filter matching expression | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number expression number eq display-string | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq display-string
| Synopsis | Non-match for application filter matching expression | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number expression number neq display-string | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Application filter matching expression type | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number expression number type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-direction keyword
| Synopsis | Traffic flow direction for the application filter entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number flow-setup-direction keyword | |
| Tree | flow-setup-direction | |
| Options | ||
| Default | both | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-match-all-requests boolean
| Synopsis | Enable HTTP matching for all requests | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-match-all-requests boolean | |
| Tree | http-match-all-requests | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables HTTP matching for all requests for an HTTP expression. When configured to false, this command restores the default for this app-filter entry which matches the first request. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-port
| Synopsis | Enter the http-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port | |
| Tree | http-port | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the exact value as the match criterion. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Port list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port eq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list or port-number. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port eq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list or port-number. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the non-match criterion used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Port list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port neq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list or port-number. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number http-port neq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list or port-number. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-identification-assist boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IP identification assist for this entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number ip-identification-assist boolean | |
| Tree | ip-identification-assist | |
Description | When configured to true, the router performs a network IP address lookup that overrides the assigned application if it finds the network IP address in its internal application-IP database. If an IP match is found, the application assigned from the app-filter is overridden with the application from the IP lookup. This also affects the app-group and charging group. If an IP match is not found, the application assigned from the app-filter is not overridden and remains (including the app-group and charging group). When configured to false, this command disables the router from performing a network IP address lookup and overriding the assigned application. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-protocol
| Synopsis | Enter the ip-protocol context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number ip-protocol | |
| Tree | ip-protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IP protocol to use in the application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the IP protocol number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number ip-protocol eq (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the IP protocol number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number ip-protocol neq (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | neq | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
network-address
| Synopsis | Enter the network-address context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address | |
| Tree | network-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the network address to use for the application filter entry. The network address is the address on the network side of AA, independent of whether the subscriber is acting as a client or server and is not normally used in AA app-filters. The network address will match the destination IP address in a from-sub flow or the source IP address in a to-sub flow. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: network-address or server-address. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify an exact value as the match criterion for the network address. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address eq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP prefix list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address eq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the non-match criterion used for the network address. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address neq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP prefix list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number network-address neq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
protocol
| Synopsis | Enter the protocol context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number protocol | |
| Tree | protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the protocol signature in the application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq (string | named-item)
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the AA protocol name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number protocol eq (string | named-item) | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq (string | named-item)
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the AA protocol name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number protocol neq (string | named-item) | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server-address
| Synopsis | Enter the server-address context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address | |
| Tree | server-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the server address to use for the application filter entry. The server address is the address on the server end of a client-server session. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: network-address or server-address. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the IP address used for the exact match criterion for the application flow. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-ip-cache reference
| Synopsis | DNS IP cache name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq dns-ip-cache reference | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP prefix list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
masked-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the masked-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq masked-ip | |
| Tree | masked-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of a masked IP address. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address mask | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq masked-ip address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | address | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address mask | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address eq masked-ip netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | netmask | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the IP address used for non-matching criteria in the application flow. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-ip-cache reference
| Synopsis | DNS IP cache name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq dns-ip-cache reference | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP prefix list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
masked-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the masked-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq masked-ip | |
| Tree | masked-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of a masked IP address. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, ip-prefix-list, or masked-ip. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address mask | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq masked-ip address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | address | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address mask | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-address neq masked-ip netmask (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | netmask | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server-port
| Synopsis | Enter the server-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port | |
| Tree | server-port | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the server TCP or UDP port number to use in the application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the exact value as the match criterion for the server TCP or UDP number in the app-filter. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
first-packet-policy keyword
| Synopsis | TCP/UDP port application to apply | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq first-packet-policy keyword | |
| Tree | first-packet-policy | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Port-list name used in application filter criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
| Synopsis | TCP/UDP ending port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq range end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start number
| Synopsis | TCP/UDP starting port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port eq range start number | |
| Tree | start | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gt
| Synopsis | Enter the gt context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port gt | |
| Tree | gt | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the greater than value as the match criterion for the server port number for the app-filter. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port gt port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lt
| Synopsis | Enter the lt context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port lt | |
| Tree | lt | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the less than value as the match criterion for the server port number for the app-filter. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port lt port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context configure non-match criterion used for the server TCP or UDP number in the app-filter. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Port-list name used in application filter criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
| Synopsis | TCP/UDP ending port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq range end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start number
| Synopsis | TCP/UDP starting port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-filter entry number server-port neq range start number | |
| Tree | start | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group [application-group-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the app-group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Description | Commands in this context create an application group for an application assurance policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[application-group-name] named-item
charging-group reference
| Synopsis | Charging group used in the AA application group policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item charging-group reference | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-id number
| Synopsis | App group export ID used in RADIUS accounting export | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item export-id number | |
| Tree | export-id | |
Description | This command assigns an export ID value to a charging group, an application group, or an application that RADIUS accounting uses for accounting export identification. This export ID is encoded in the top two bytes of the RADIUS accounting VSA to identify which charging group the counter value represents. If no export ID is assigned, the counter cannot be added to the AA subscriber stats RADIUS export-type. After a charging group index is referenced, it cannot be deleted without removing the reference. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-profile [app-profile-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the app-profile list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item | |
| Tree | app-profile | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an application profile. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[app-profile-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Application profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item | |
| Tree | app-profile | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-distribute-traffic-by-ip boolean
| Synopsis | Allow application assurance to divert traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item aa-sub-distribute-traffic-by-ip boolean | |
| Tree | aa-sub-distribute-traffic-by-ip | |
Description | When configured to true, the system diverts traffic on the parent SAPor spoke-SDP to multiple ISAs or ESAs based on the source IP address. This is useful when the bandwidth of a single SAP is larger than the capacity of a single ISA or ESA. This is only supported for the auto-created transit IP subscribers. The traffic is diverted when the hashing is enabled at the AA group level and in the parent SAP application profile. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
aa-sub-suppressible boolean
| Synopsis | Enable AA suppression for subs with this app profile | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item aa-sub-suppressible boolean | |
| Tree | aa-sub-suppressible | |
Description | When configured to true, this command configures the ability to suppress Application Assurance for subscribers with this application profile. This function is used in the context of an SRRP group interface. If an SRRP group interface is configured as configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface suppress-aa-sub or configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface suppress-aa-sub, subscribers with an application profile configured as suppressible are not diverted to Application Assurance. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
capacity-cost number
| Synopsis | Application profile capacity cost | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item capacity-cost number | |
| Tree | capacity-cost | |
Description | This command configures an application profile capacity cost. Capacity cost based load balancing allows a cost to be assigned to diverted SAPs (with the application profile). This allows for load balancing SAPs between ISAs and acts as a threshold to notify the operator if capacity planning is exceeded. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context assign one of the existing values of an existing application service option characteristic to the application profile. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Application service option characteristic name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value reference
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic value name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item characteristic reference value reference | |
| Tree | value | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
divert boolean
| Synopsis | Enable traffic redirection to AA ISAs or ESA VMs | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item divert boolean | |
| Tree | divert | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the redirection of traffic to AA ISAs or ESA VMs for the system-wide forwarding classes diverted to Application Assurance (configure isa application-assurance-group divert-fc) for AA subscribers using this application profile. When configured to false, this command stops the redirection of traffic to AA ISAs or ESA VMs for the AA subscribers using this application profile. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-qos-policy
| Synopsis | Enter the app-qos-policy context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy | |
| Tree | app-qos-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an application QoS policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context create an application QoS policy (AQP) entry. A flow that matches multiple AQP entries will have multiple AQP entries actions applied. If a conflict occurs for two or more actions, the action from the AQP entry with the lowest numerical value takes precedence. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | AQP entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action
| Synopsis | Enter the action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure AQP actions to be performed on flows that match the match criteria of the AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
abandon-tcp-optimization boolean
| Synopsis | Abandon TCPO for this entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action abandon-tcp-optimization boolean | |
| Tree | abandon-tcp-optimization | |
Description | When configured to true, this command disables TCPO for flows matching this AQP entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bandwidth-policer
| Synopsis | Enter the bandwidth-policer context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action bandwidth-policer | |
| Tree | bandwidth-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context assign an existing bandwidth policer as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. The match criteria for the AQP entry must specify a unidirectional traffic direction before a policer action can be configured. If a policer is used in one direction in an AQP match entry, the same policer name cannot be used by another AQP entry that uses different traffic direction match criteria. When multiple policers apply to a single flow, the final action on a packet is the worst case of all policer outcomes (for example, if one of the policers marks packet out of profile, the final marking will reflect that). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
anl reference
| Synopsis | Access network locator bandwidth policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action bandwidth-policer anl reference | |
| Tree | anl | |
Description | This command creates an Application Assurance policy profile for a policer instance for each ANL that limits traffic bandwidth in the scope of that ANL. For ANL, only single-bucket bandwidth policers can be configured. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: anl, dual-bucket, flow, or single-bucket. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dual-bucket reference
| Synopsis | Dual bucket bandwidth limiting policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action bandwidth-policer dual-bucket reference | |
| Tree | dual-bucket | |
Description | This command creates an Application Assurance policy profile for a dual bucket (PIR) bandwidth limiting policer. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: anl, dual-bucket, flow, or single-bucket. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow reference
| Synopsis | Flow policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action bandwidth-policer flow reference | |
| Tree | flow | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: anl, dual-bucket, flow, or single-bucket. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
single-bucket reference
| Synopsis | Single bucket bandwidth limiting policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action bandwidth-policer single-bucket reference | |
| Tree | single-bucket | |
Description | This command creates an Application Assurance policy profile for a single bucket (PIR) bandwidth limiting policer. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: anl, dual-bucket, flow, or single-bucket. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-ip-cache reference
| Synopsis | DNS IP cache name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action dns-ip-cache reference | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
drop boolean
| Synopsis | Enable drop action for the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action drop boolean | |
| Tree | drop | |
Description | When configured to true, all flow traffic matching this AQP entry is dropped. The drop action is performed first and no other action is invoked on that flow even if multiple other actions exist for the flow because of one or more AQP entry matches. When configured to false, this command disables the drop action on flows matching this AQP entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
error-drop
| Synopsis | Enable the error-drop context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action error-drop | |
| Tree | error-drop | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a drop action for error flows (for instance, bad IP checksums or TCP/UDP port 0). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log action for the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action error-drop event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-count-limit-policer
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-count-limit-policer context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-count-limit-policer | |
| Tree | flow-count-limit-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context assign an existing flow count limit policer as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. The match criteria for the AQP entry must specify a unidirectional traffic direction before a policer action can be configured. If a policer is used in one direction in an AQP match entry, the same policer name cannot be used by another AQP entry that uses different traffic direction match criteria. When multiple policers are applied to a single flow, the final action on a packet is the worst case of all policer outcomes (for example, if one of the policers marks packet out of profile, the final marking will reflect that). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-count-limit-policer event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer-name reference
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-count-limit-policer policer-name reference | |
| Tree | policer-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the flow count limit policer for flows matching the AQP entry. The policer name is configured in the configure application-assurance group policer context. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-policer
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-setup-rate-policer context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-setup-rate-policer | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context assign an existing flow setup rate policer as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. The match criteria for the AQP entry must specify a unidirectional traffic direction before a policer action can be configured. If a policer is used in one direction in an AQP match entry, the same policer name cannot be used for another AQP entry that uses different traffic direction match criteria. When multiple policers are applied to a single flow, the final action on a packet is the worst case of all policer outcomes (for example, if one of the policers marks a packet out of profile, the final marking reflects that). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Events log name for flow-setup rate policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-setup-rate-policer event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer-name reference
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action flow-setup-rate-policer policer-name reference | |
| Tree | policer-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the flow setup rate policer for flows matching this AQP entry. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
fragment-drop
| Synopsis | Enter the fragment-drop context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action fragment-drop | |
| Tree | fragment-drop | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the drop action options to apply to fragments. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
drop-scope keyword
| Synopsis | Fragment-drop scope | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action fragment-drop drop-scope keyword | |
| Tree | drop-scope | |
Description | This command specifies which fragments to drop as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action fragment-drop event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-filter reference
| Synopsis | GTP filter executed for flows matching this AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action gtp-filter reference | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-enrich reference
| Synopsis | HTTP header enrichment action for the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-enrich reference | |
| Tree | http-enrich | |
Description | This command configures the HTTP header enrichment template name that is applied as defined in the tmnxBsxHttpEnrichTable. An empty value specifies no HTTP header enrichment template. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-error-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP error redirect for the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-error-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-error-redirect | |
Description | This command specifies the HTTP error redirect that is applied as defined in the redirect table. An empty value specifies no HTTP error redirect. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-error-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-notification reference
| Synopsis | HTTP notification to use for flows matching AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-notification reference | |
| Tree | http-notification | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-notification named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect
| Synopsis | Enter the http-redirect context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-redirect | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context assign an existing HTTP redirect policy as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-type keyword
| Synopsis | Flow type for HTTP redirect of flows matching the entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-redirect flow-type keyword | |
| Tree | flow-type | |
Description | This command assigns an existing HTTP redirect policy as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. The redirect only takes effect if the matching flows are HTTP and the condition specified is met. The condition specified by dropped flows means the flow is dropped due to an AQP action, such as flow rate, count policers, or drop actions. The admitted flows condition allows the operator to redirect HTTP traffic to a web portal while allowing non-HTTP traffic matching the same AQP rule to be forwarded. No HTTP redirect takes place if the HTTP redirect action and a drop/flow-police action are part of the default AQP policy. In this case, any flow drop actions take place before identification of the application/application-group. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name reference
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action http-redirect name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of an existing HTTP policy redirect. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mirror-source
| Synopsis | Enter the mirror-source context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action mirror-source | |
| Tree | mirror-source | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an application-based policy mirroring service that uses the AQP entry of this AA ISA as a mirror source. When configured, the AQP entry becomes a mirror source for IP packets seen by AA. The mirrored packet is an IP packet analyzed by AA and does not include encapsulations present on the incoming interfaces. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-inclusive boolean
| Synopsis | Mirror flows matching the AQP subscriber default policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action mirror-source all-inclusive boolean | |
| Tree | all-inclusive | |
Description | This command specifies that all packets during the identification phase that could match a given AQP rule are mirrored in addition to packets after an application identification completes that match the AQP rule. This ensures that all packets of a flow are mirrored at a cost of sending some unidentified packets, which after the application is identified no longer match this AQP entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mirror-service reference
| Synopsis | Mirror source service ID for flows matching the entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action mirror-source mirror-service reference | |
| Tree | mirror-service | |
Description | This command specifies the mirror source service ID to use for flows that match this policy. | |
Reference | configure mirror mirror-dest service-name | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
overload-drop
| Synopsis | Enable the overload-drop context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action overload-drop | |
| Tree | overload-drop | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a drop action for cases where flow records are not created (overload). This command is only applicable to ISA2 hardware. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action overload-drop event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
remark
| Synopsis | Enter the remark context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark | |
| Tree | remark | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the remark action on flows matching this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dscp
| Synopsis | Enter the dscp context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark dscp | |
| Tree | dscp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the DSCP remark action or actions on flows matching this AQP entry. All packets for all flows matching this AQP entry are remarked to the configured DSCP name. DSCP remark can only be applied when the entry remarks forwarding class or forwarding class and priority. In-profile and out-of-profile of a packet for DSCP remark is assessed after all AQP policing and priority remarking actions have taken place. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
in-profile keyword
| Synopsis | DSCP name to remark matching in-profile flows | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark dscp in-profile keyword | |
| Tree | in-profile | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
out-profile keyword
| Synopsis | DSCP name to remark matching out-of-profile flows | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark dscp out-profile keyword | |
| Tree | out-profile | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
fc keyword
| Synopsis | FC remark action for flows matching this entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Options | be – Best effort l2 – Low 2 (best effort) af – Assured forwarding (assured) l1 – Low 1 (assured) h2 – High 2 (high priority) ef – Expedited forwarding (high priority) h1 – High 1 (high priority) nc – Network control (high priority) | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
priority keyword
| Synopsis | Priority to use to remark flows matching this entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action remark priority keyword | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Options | ||
| Default | auto | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sctp-filter reference
| Synopsis | SCTP filter to use for flows matching the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action sctp-filter reference | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-filter reference
| Synopsis | Session filter to use for flows matching the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action session-filter reference | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-mss-adjust number
| Synopsis | TCP MSS adjustment traffic action and size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action tcp-mss-adjust number | |
| Tree | tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 160 to 10240 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-validate reference
| Synopsis | TCP validation policy action for entry matching flows | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action tcp-validate reference | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
Description | This command assigns an existing TCP validation policy as an action on flows matching this AQP entry. TCP validation can only be called from AQP entries that:
| |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tls-enrich reference
| Synopsis | HTTP TLS enrichment action for the AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action tls-enrich reference | |
| Tree | tls-enrich | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-enrich named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
url-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the url-filter context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action url-filter | |
| Tree | url-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a URL filter action for flows matching this entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic reference
| Synopsis | URL filter characteristic used for matching AQP entries | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action url-filter characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name reference
| Synopsis | URL filter name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number action url-filter name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA AQP entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
match
| Synopsis | Enter the match context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match | |
| Tree | match | |
Description | Commands in this context configure flow match rules for this AQP entry. A flow matches this AQP entry only if it matches all match rules defined (logical AND of all rules). If no match rule is specified, the entry will match all flows. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub | |
| Tree | aa-sub | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a Service Access Point (SAP) or an Enhanced Subscriber Management (ESM) subscriber as matching criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
esm
| Synopsis | Enter the esm context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm | |
| Tree | esm | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ESM fields for the AA subscriber match entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: esm, esm-mac, sap, spoke-sdp, or transit. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq named-item
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the ESM subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm eq named-item | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq named-item
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for ESM subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm neq named-item | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
esm-mac
| Synopsis | Enter the esm-mac context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm-mac | |
| Tree | esm-mac | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ESM MAC fields for the AA subscriber match entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: esm, esm-mac, sap, spoke-sdp, or transit. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq named-item
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for ESM MAC subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm-mac eq named-item | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq named-item
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for AA subscriber ESM MAC | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub esm-mac neq named-item | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sap
| Synopsis | Enter the sap context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the SAP fields for the AA subscriber match entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: esm, esm-mac, sap, spoke-sdp, or transit. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq sap
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the SAP subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub sap eq sap | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 45 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq sap
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the SAP subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub sap neq sap | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 45 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
spoke-sdp
| Synopsis | Enter the spoke-sdp context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub spoke-sdp | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the spoke SDP fields for the AA subscriber match entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: esm, esm-mac, sap, spoke-sdp, or transit. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for a spoke SDP subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub spoke-sdp eq sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 3 to 16 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for a spoke SDP subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub spoke-sdp neq sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 3 to 16 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit
| Synopsis | Enter the transit context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub transit | |
| Tree | transit | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the transit fields for the AA subscriber match entry. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: esm, esm-mac, sap, spoke-sdp, or transit. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq named-item
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for a transit AA subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub transit eq named-item | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq named-item
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for a transit AA subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub transit neq named-item | |
| Tree | neq | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-tethering keyword
| Synopsis | Tethering detection status for flow match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match aa-sub-tethering keyword | |
| Tree | aa-sub-tethering | |
Description | This command configures the match criteria for subscribers in a tethering state. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | not-applicable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group
| Synopsis | Enter the app-group context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match app-group | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Description | Commands in this context add an application group to the match criteria used by this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the application group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match app-group eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the application group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match app-group neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application
| Synopsis | Enter the application context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match application | |
| Tree | application | |
Description | Commands in this context add an application to match criteria used by this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the application | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match application eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the application | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match application neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an existing characteristic and its value to the match criteria used by this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic name for AQP entry matching | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Match criterion used for AQP match characteristic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match characteristic reference eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for AQP match characteristic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match characteristic reference neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-group
| Synopsis | Enter the charging-group context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match charging-group | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Description | Commands in this context add a charging group to match criteria used by this AQP entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Match criterion used for the charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match charging-group eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match charging-group neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dscp
| Synopsis | Enter the dscp context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dscp | |
| Tree | dscp | |
Description | Commands in this context add a DSCP name to the match criteria used by this entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq keyword
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the DSCP | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dscp eq keyword | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq keyword
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the DSCP | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dscp neq keyword | |
| Tree | neq | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the dst-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip | |
| Tree | dst-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a destination IP address to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the exact match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow matches the specified address or prefix. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address prefix used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip eq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP address prefix list used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip eq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the non-match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow does not match the specified address or prefix. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address prefix used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip neq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP address prefix list used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-ip neq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-port
| Synopsis | Enter the dst-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port | |
| Tree | dst-port | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a destination TCP/UDP port, a destination port list, or a destination range to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the exact match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow matches the specified port. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | IP port list used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port eq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port eq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port eq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the non-match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow does not match the specified port. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | IP port list used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port neq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port neq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match dst-port neq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
flow-attribute [flow-attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-attribute list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item | |
| Tree | flow-attribute | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a flow attribute to use as match criteria. The supported options are:
| |
| Max. instances | 10 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[flow-attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Flow attribute name used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item | |
| Tree | flow-attribute | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
confidence
| Synopsis | Enter the confidence context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence | |
| Tree | confidence | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the confidence level of the flow attribute for use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq number
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion for the flow-attribute confidence | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence eq number | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gte number
| Synopsis | Greater than or equal to for confidence match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence gte number | |
| Tree | gte | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lt number
| Synopsis | Less than value for confidence match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence lt number | |
| Tree | lt | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-protocol
| Synopsis | Enter the ip-protocol context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match ip-protocol | |
| Tree | ip-protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IP protocol to use in the application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion used for the IP protocol | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match ip-protocol eq (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Non-match criterion used for the IP protocol | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match ip-protocol neq (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | neq | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
src-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the src-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip | |
| Tree | src-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a source IP address to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the exact match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow matches the specified address or prefix. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address prefix used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip eq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP address prefix list used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip eq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the non-match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow does not match the specified address or prefix. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address prefix used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip neq ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP address prefix list used for match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-ip neq ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
src-port
| Synopsis | Enter the src-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port | |
| Tree | src-port | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a source IP port, a source port list, or a source range to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq
| Synopsis | Enter the eq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port eq | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the exact match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow matches the specified port. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | IP port list used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port eq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port eq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port eq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
neq
| Synopsis | Enter the neq context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port neq | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the non-match value as the match criterion. A successful match occurs when the flow does not match the specified port. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | IP port list used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port neq port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-number number
| Synopsis | Server port number used as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port neq port-number number | |
| Tree | port-number | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enter the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match src-port neq range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the match value as the match criterion based on the starting or ending port number. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-list, port-number, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
traffic-direction keyword
| Synopsis | Traffic direction to which AQP match entry is applied | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-qos-policy entry number match traffic-direction keyword | |
| Tree | traffic-direction | |
| Options | ||
| Default | both | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-service-options
| Synopsis | Enter the app-service-options context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options | |
| Tree | app-service-options | |
Description | Commands in this context configure application service option characteristics. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context create the characteristic of the application service options. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] named-item
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-value named-item
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic default value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item default-value named-item | |
| Tree | default-value | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value [value-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
| Tree | value | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a characteristic value. | |
| Max. instances | 64 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[value-name] named-item
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic value name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
| Tree | value | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application [application-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the application list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
| Tree | application | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the policy application of the Application Assurance group partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[application-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Application name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
| Tree | application | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group reference
| Synopsis | Application group associated with the application | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item app-group reference | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-group reference
| Synopsis | Charging group associated with the application | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item charging-group reference | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-id number
| Synopsis | Application export ID used for RADIUS accounting | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item export-id number | |
| Tree | export-id | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the charging-filter context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter | |
| Tree | charging-filter | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Charging filter entry ID in the AA partition policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | This command defines a charging filter entry ID. Charging filter entries are an ordered list; the lowest numerical entry that matches the flow, defines the charging filter for this flow. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA charging filter entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-group reference
| Synopsis | Charging group to associate to flows matching the entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number charging-group reference | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Description | This command associates a charging group to the flows that match the charging filter entry. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
match
| Synopsis | Enter the match context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match | |
| Tree | match | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group
| Synopsis | Enter the app-group context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match app-group | |
| Tree | app-group | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Exact value as the match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match app-group eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | This command specifies that the value configured and the value in the flow must be equal for a match to occur. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-matching application to resolve to a charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match app-group neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | This command specifies that the value configured and the value in the flow must differ for a match to occur. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application
| Synopsis | Enter the application context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match application | |
| Tree | application | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq reference
| Synopsis | Exact value as the match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match application eq reference | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | This command specifies that the value configured and the value in the flow must be equal for a match to occur. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neq reference
| Synopsis | Non-matching application to resolve to a charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match application neq reference | |
| Tree | neq | |
Description | This command specifies that the value configured and the value in the flow must differ for a match to occur. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq or neq. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-attribute [flow-attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-attribute list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item | |
| Tree | flow-attribute | |
| Max. instances | 10 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[flow-attribute-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Flow attribute name match criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item | |
| Tree | flow-attribute | |
Description | This command adds a flow attribute to the match criteria used by this charging filter entry. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
confidence
| Synopsis | Enter the confidence context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence | |
| Tree | confidence | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq number
| Synopsis | Exact value as the match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence eq number | |
| Tree | eq | |
Description | This command specifies that a successful match occurs when the flow attribute confidence level is equal to the specified value. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gte number
| Synopsis | Confidence value to resolve to a charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence gte number | |
| Tree | gte | |
Description | This command specifies that a successful match occurs when the flow attribute confidence level is greater than or equal to the specified value. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lt number
| Synopsis | Less than value as the match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match flow-attribute named-item confidence lt number | |
| Tree | lt | |
Description | This command specifies that a successful match occurs when the flow attribute confidence level is less than the specified value. | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gte, or lt. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tethered-flow
| Synopsis | Enable the tethered-flow context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-filter entry number match tethered-flow | |
| Tree | tethered-flow | |
Description | Commands in this context add the tethering status to the match criteria used by this charging filter entry. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-group [charging-group-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the charging-group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Description | Commands in this context create a charging group for an Application Assurance policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[charging-group-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Charging group name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-id number
| Synopsis | Charging group export ID used for RADIUS accounting | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item export-id number | |
| Tree | export-id | |
Description | This command assigns an export ID value to a charging group, an app application group, or an application to be used for accounting export identification in RADIUS accounting. This ID is encoded in the top 2 bytes of the RADIUS accounting VSA to identify which charging group the counter value represents. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
notify-start-stop keyword
| Synopsis | Start and stop notification for the charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item notify-start-stop keyword | |
| Tree | notify-start-stop | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
custom-protocol [custom-protocol-id] custom-protocol-name
| Synopsis | Enter the custom-protocol list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name | |
| Tree | custom-protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure custom protocols. Custom protocols allow the creation of TCP and UDP-based custom protocols that employ pattern-match at offset in the protocol signature definition. Operator-configurable custom protocols are evaluated ahead of any Nokia-provided protocol signature in order of custom protocol ID within the context the protocol is defined. The lower ID is matched first in case of flow matching multiple custom protocols. Custom protocols must be created before they can be used in an application definition but do not have to be enabled. To reference a custom protocol in an application definition, or any other CLI configuration one must use the protocol name that is a concatenation of “custom_” and, (for example, custom_01, custom_02 ... custom_10, and so on). This concatenation is also used when reporting custom protocol statistics. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[custom-protocol-id] custom-protocol-name
| Synopsis | Custom protocol ID for the AA policy custom protocol | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name | |
| Tree | custom-protocol | |
Description | This command configures the index into the protocol list that defines a custom protocol for Application Assurance. | |
| String length | 9 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the custom protocol | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
expression [expr-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the expression list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name expression number | |
| Tree | expression | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an expression string value for pattern-based custom protocols match. A flow matches a custom protocol if the specified string is found at an offset of a TCP/UDP of the first payload packet. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[expr-index] number
| Synopsis | Expression substring index for custom protocol matching | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name expression number | |
| Tree | expression | |
| Range | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Flow direction for custom-protocol expression matching | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name expression number direction keyword | |
| Tree | direction | |
Description | This command configures the protocol direction to match against for a custom protocol. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq display-string
| Synopsis | Exact match criterion for custom protocol expression | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name expression number eq display-string | |
| Tree | eq | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
offset number
| Synopsis | Offset in protocol flow to start custom-protocol match | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name expression number offset number | |
| Tree | offset | |
Description | This command configures the offset into the protocol payload where the expr-string match criteria starts. | |
| Range | 0 to 127 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-protocol keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IP protocol number for custom-protocol match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy custom-protocol custom-protocol-name ip-protocol keyword | |
| Tree | ip-protocol | |
Description | This command configures the IP protocol number of the TCP and UDP-based custom protocols. | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
default-charging-group reference
| Synopsis | Default charging group | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy default-charging-group reference | |
| Tree | default-charging-group | |
Description | This command associates a charging group with any applications or application groups that do not have an explicitly assigned charging group for the Application Assurance policy. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-tethered-charging-group reference
| Synopsis | Default charging group for tethered traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy default-tethered-charging-group reference | |
| Tree | default-tethered-charging-group | |
Description | This command configures the default charging group to be assigned to all flows which are classified as tethered. For flows that have been identified as tethered, the AA will replace the charging group configured at the application level with the charging group configured for tethered traffic (that is, configured with default-tethered-charging-group). | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy-override
| Synopsis | Enter the policy-override context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override | |
| Tree | policy-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure policy override parameters. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub | |
| Tree | aa-sub | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA policy override subscriber fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sap [sap-id] sap
| Synopsis | Enter the sap list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub sap sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Service Access Point (SAP) within the partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sap-id] sap
| Synopsis | AA subscriber SAP ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub sap sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
| String length | 1 to 45 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub sap sap characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an override characteristic and value. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub sap sap characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value reference
| Synopsis | Characteristic value used in subscriber policy override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub sap sap characteristic reference value reference | |
| Tree | value | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
spoke-sdp [sdp-bind-id] sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Enter the spoke-sdp list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Service Destination Point (SDP) for the policy override. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sdp-bind-id] sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Spoke SDP ID for an AA subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
| String length | 3 to 16 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an override characteristic and value. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value reference
| Synopsis | Characteristic value used in subscriber policy override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id characteristic reference value reference | |
| Tree | value | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit [transit-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the transit list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub transit named-item | |
| Tree | transit | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA transit subscriber fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[transit-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Transit subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub transit named-item | |
| Tree | transit | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
characteristic [characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the characteristic list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub transit named-item characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an override characteristic and value. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[characteristic-name] reference
| Synopsis | ASO characteristic name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub transit named-item characteristic reference | |
| Tree | characteristic | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value reference
| Synopsis | Characteristic value used in subscriber policy override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy-override aa-sub transit named-item characteristic reference value reference | |
| Tree | value | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-service-options characteristic named-item value named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list [port-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the port-list list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Description | Commands in this context define an AA group or partition named port list, which contains a list of port numbers or port ranges. The port list is then referenced in AA policy application filters, allowing increased flexibility in the use of server ports or HTTP proxy ports for application definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[port-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Port list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
| Tree | port-list | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port [port-number] number
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item port number | |
| Tree | port | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the server TCP or UDP port number to use in the port list definition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[port-number] number
range start number end number
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for range | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item range start number end number | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA group or partition named port-list range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start number
| Synopsis | Start value for the port range in the AA port list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item range start number end number | |
| Tree | range | |
| Range | 0 to 65534 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
| Synopsis | End value for the port range in the AA port list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item range start number end number | |
| Tree | range | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sctp-filter [sctp-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the sctp-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sctp-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | SCTP filter name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log for packets dropped by the SCTP filter | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ppid
| Synopsis | Enter the ppid context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid | |
| Tree | ppid | |
Description | Commands in this context configure actions for specific or default Payload Protocol Identifiers (PPIDs). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action keyword
| Synopsis | Default action for all SCTP PPIDs | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid default-action keyword | |
| Tree | default-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context specify SCTP PPID values and the corresponding action to apply. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | SCTP filter PPID entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | SCTP filter PPID entry action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid entry number action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
value (number | keyword)
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | PPID entry value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid entry number value (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ppid-range
| Synopsis | Enter the ppid-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid-range | |
| Tree | ppid-range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the range of PPID values that are allowed by the AA SCTP filter firewall. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max number
| Synopsis | Maximum PPID value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid-range max number | |
| Tree | max | |
Description | This command configures the maximum SCTP Payload Protocol Identifier (PPID) to be permitted by the SCTP filter. The value must be greater or equal to the minimum PPID value. | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
min number
| Synopsis | Minimum PPID value | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid-range min number | |
| Tree | min | |
Description | This command configures the minimum SCTP Payload Protocol Identifier (PPID) to be permitted by the SCTP filter. The value must be less than or equal to the maximum PPID value. | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-filter [session-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the session-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context create a session filter. | |
| Max. instances | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[session-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Session filter name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action
| Synopsis | Enter the default-action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item default-action | |
| Tree | default-action | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the default action to take for packets that do not match any filter entries. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Default action for packets not matching filter entries | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item default-action action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event logging of default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item default-action event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an AA session filter match entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Entry ID for the session filter entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action
| Synopsis | Enter the action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the action for this entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
deny
| Synopsis | Deny sessions matching the criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action deny | |
| Tree | deny | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: deny, http-redirect, l3-l4-redirect, permit, or tcp-optimizer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log name used to log the action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect for matching sessions | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: deny, http-redirect, l3-l4-redirect, permit, or tcp-optimizer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
l3-l4-redirect
| Synopsis | Enter the l3-l4-redirect context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action l3-l4-redirect | |
| Tree | l3-l4-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context specify sessions matching the criteria are redirected to a different destination using Layer 3 and Layer 4 redirect. If the redirect action is removed from a session filter, the existing redirected flows are not affected, redirect still occurs. However, no redirect will be applied to newly-established flows. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: deny, http-redirect, l3-l4-redirect, permit, or tcp-optimizer. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Destination IP address for traffic redirection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action l3-l4-redirect dst-ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | dst-ip-address | |
Description | This command specifies a valid unicast server IPv4 or IPv6 address to forward the traffic to. The destination IP address (Layer 3) is modified as indicated. In the reverse direction (toward the subscriber), AA restores the original IP address as the source IP field. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-port number
| Synopsis | Destination port for traffic redirection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action l3-l4-redirect dst-port number | |
| Tree | dst-port | |
Description | This command specifies a valid TCP/UDP server destination port number. The destination port is modified as indicated. In the reverse direction (toward the subscriber), AA restores the original port number as the port field. | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
permit
| Synopsis | Permit sessions that match the criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action permit | |
| Tree | permit | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: deny, http-redirect, l3-l4-redirect, permit, or tcp-optimizer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-optimizer reference
| Synopsis | TCP optimizer to handle sessions matching the criteria | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number action tcp-optimizer reference | |
| Tree | tcp-optimizer | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: deny, http-redirect, l3-l4-redirect, permit, or tcp-optimizer. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
match
| Synopsis | Enter the match context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match | |
| Tree | match | |
Description | Commands in this context configure session conditions for this entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the dst-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-ip | |
| Tree | dst-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the destination IP address to match. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dns-ip-cache reference
| Synopsis | Destination IPs in specified DNS IP Cache | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-ip dns-ip-cache reference | |
| Tree | dns-ip-cache | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number dns-ip-cache named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Destination IP address prefix as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-ip ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | IP address prefix list as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-ip ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dns-ip-cache, ip-prefix, or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dst-port
| Synopsis | Enter the dst-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port | |
| Tree | dst-port | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a destination TCP/UDP port, a destination port list, or a destination range to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq number
| Synopsis | Match criterion used for destination or source port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port eq number | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gt number
| Synopsis | Greater than match criterion for the port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port gt number | |
| Tree | gt | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lt number
| Synopsis | Less than match criterion for the port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port lt number | |
| Tree | lt | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Destination or source port list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enable the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a destination IP port, a destination port list, or a destination range to use as match criteria. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the port range as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port range end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start number
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the port range as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match dst-port range start number | |
| Tree | start | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-protocol (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | IP protocol as a match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match ip-protocol (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | ip-protocol | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
src-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the src-ip context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-ip | |
| Tree | src-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a source IP address to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Source IP address prefix as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-ip ip-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | Source IP address prefix list as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-ip ip-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | ip-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number ip-prefix-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-prefix or ip-prefix-list. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
src-port
| Synopsis | Enter the src-port context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port | |
| Tree | src-port | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a source IP port, a source port list, or a source range to use as match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
eq number
| Synopsis | Match criterion used for destination or source port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port eq number | |
| Tree | eq | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gt number
| Synopsis | Greater than match criterion for the port number | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port gt number | |
| Tree | gt | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lt number
| Synopsis | Less than match criterion for the port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port lt number | |
| Tree | lt | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-list reference
| Synopsis | Destination or source port list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port port-list reference | |
| Tree | port-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number port-list named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
range
| Synopsis | Enable the range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port range | |
| Tree | range | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a destination IP port, a destination port list, or a destination range to use as match criteria. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: eq, gt, lt, port-list, or range. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the port range as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port range end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start number
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the port range as match criterion | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number match src-port range start number | |
| Tree | start | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
shallow-inspection boolean
| Synopsis | Enable shallow inspection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number shallow-inspection boolean | |
| Tree | shallow-inspection | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the statistics context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics | |
| Tree | statistics | |
Description | Commands in this context configure accounting and billing statistics for this AA group. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-admit-deny
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-admit-deny context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny | |
| Tree | aa-admit-deny | |
Description | Commands in this context configure admit-deny statistics generation. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-filter-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Include GTP filter admit-deny statistics in records | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny gtp-filter-stats boolean | |
| Tree | gtp-filter-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Include admit-deny policer statistics in records | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny policer-stats boolean | |
| Tree | policer-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer-stats-resources boolean
| Synopsis | Allocate resources for policer admit-deny statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny policer-stats-resources boolean | |
| Tree | policer-stats-resources | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sctp-filter-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Include SCTP filter admit-deny statistics in accounting | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny sctp-filter-stats boolean | |
| Tree | sctp-filter-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-filter-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Include session filter admit-deny statistics in records | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny session-filter-stats boolean | |
| Tree | session-filter-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-validate-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Include TCP validate admit-deny statistics in records | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-admit-deny tcp-validate-stats boolean | |
| Tree | tcp-validate-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-app-group
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-app-group context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-app-group | |
| Tree | aa-app-group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA application group statistics fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-app-group accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-app-group collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-application
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-application context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-application | |
| Tree | aa-application | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the application statistics fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-application accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-application collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-partition
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-partition context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-partition | |
| Tree | aa-partition | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA partition statistics fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-partition accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-partition collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tethering-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect tethering statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-partition tethering-stats boolean | |
| Tree | tethering-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
traffic-type-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect traffic type statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-partition traffic-type-stats boolean | |
| Tree | traffic-type-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-protocol
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-protocol context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-protocol | |
| Tree | aa-protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA protocol statistics fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-protocol accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of protocol statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-protocol admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-protocol collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub | |
| Tree | aa-sub | |
Description | Commands in this context configure accounting and statistics collection parameters for Application Assurance subscribers. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aggregate-stats-export-using keyword
| Synopsis | Method of statistics export to be used | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub aggregate-stats-export-using keyword | |
| Tree | aggregate-stats-export-using | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-group [app-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the app-group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub app-group reference | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure accounting and statistics collection parameters for AA application groups for a specific AA group/partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[app-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Application group name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub app-group reference | |
| Tree | app-group | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-group named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-using keyword
| Synopsis | Method used to export statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub app-group reference export-using keyword | |
| Tree | export-using | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application [application-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the application list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub application reference | |
| Tree | application | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA subscriber accounting statistics for the export of AA applications for an AA group/partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[application-name] reference
| Synopsis | Application name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub application reference | |
| Tree | application | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy application named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-using keyword
| Synopsis | Method used to export statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub application reference export-using keyword | |
| Tree | export-using | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
charging-group [charging-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the charging-group list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub charging-group reference | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure AA subscriber accounting statistics for the export of AA charging groups of an AA group/partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[charging-group-name] reference
| Synopsis | Charging group name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub charging-group reference | |
| Tree | charging-group | |
Description | This command specifies the AA charging group to be included in the exported accounting records. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy charging-group named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-using keyword
| Synopsis | Method used to export statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub charging-group reference export-using keyword | |
| Tree | export-using | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
exclude-tcp-retrans boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude TCP retransmission and error statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub exclude-tcp-retrans boolean | |
| Tree | exclude-tcp-retrans | |
Description | When configured to true, TCP errors and retransmission packets are not counted for the purpose of content-based billing. Note: This command is only applicable to EPC.This setting has no impact on app/app-group aggregate AA stats. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-throughput-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect maximum throughput statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub max-throughput-stats boolean | |
| Tree | max-throughput-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
protocol [protocol-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the protocol list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub protocol named-item | |
| Tree | protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure AA subscriber accounting statistics for the export of aa-sub protocols of an AA group/partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[protocol-name] named-item
| Synopsis | AA protocol name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub protocol named-item | |
| Tree | protocol | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-using keyword
| Synopsis | Method used to export statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub protocol named-item export-using keyword | |
| Tree | export-using | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius-accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub radius-accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
usage-monitoring boolean
| Synopsis | Collect usage monitoring statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub usage-monitoring boolean | |
| Tree | usage-monitoring | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the system to activate Gx usage monitoring at AA group/partition level, if enough usage monitoring resources exist for all existing subs. When configured to false, this command silently removes all monitoring instances (no PCRF notifications) for AA subscribers and all subsequent AA Gx usage monitoring messages are ignored. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-study [study-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub-study list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword | |
| Tree | aa-sub-study | |
Description | Commands in this context configure accounting and statistics collection parameters per AA special study subscribers. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[study-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Statistic type that the study is using | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword | |
| Tree | aa-sub-study | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub
| Synopsis | Enter the aa-sub context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub | |
| Tree | aa-sub | |
Description | Commands in this context add an existing subscriber identification to a group of special study subscribers. Identifying a group of special study subscribers allows statistics and accounting records for those subscribers to be collected for protocols and applications through Application Assurance. When adding a subscriber to the special study group, accounting records and statistics generation commence immediately. When removing a subscriber from the group, special study statistics and accounting records for that subscriber in the current interval are lost. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
esm [esm-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for esm | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub esm named-item | |
| Tree | esm | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ESM fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[esm-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | ESM subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub esm named-item | |
| Tree | esm | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
esm-mac [esm-mac-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for esm-mac | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub esm-mac named-item | |
| Tree | esm-mac | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ESM MAC fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[esm-mac-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | ESM MAC subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub esm-mac named-item | |
| Tree | esm-mac | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sap [sap-id] sap
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for sap | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub sap sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Service Access Point (SAP) for the purpose of enabling special study statistics. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sap-id] sap
| Synopsis | AA subscriber SAP ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub sap sap | |
| Tree | sap | |
| String length | 1 to 45 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
spoke-sdp [sdp-bind-id] sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for spoke-sdp | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the spoke SDP ID and VC ID for the purpose of including the subscriber into AA special study statistics. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sdp-bind-id] sdp-bind-id
| Synopsis | Spoke SDP ID for an AA subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub spoke-sdp sdp-bind-id | |
| Tree | spoke-sdp | |
| String length | 3 to 16 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit [transit-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for transit | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub transit named-item | |
| Tree | transit | |
Description | Commands in the context specify an existing transit subscriber to be included in AA sub special study statistics. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[transit-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Transit subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword aa-sub transit named-item | |
| Tree | transit | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number statistics aa-sub-study keyword collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-validate [tcp-validate-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the tcp-validate list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a TCP validation policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tcp-validate-name] named-item
| Synopsis | TCP validation policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
log
| Synopsis | Enter the log context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item log | |
| Tree | log | |
Description | Commands in this context enable event logging of traffic dropped by TCP validation. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all boolean
| Synopsis | Enable logging of all dropped TCP packets | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item log all boolean | |
| Tree | all | |
Description | When configured to true, all dropped TCP packets are logged, including the following:
An event log must also be configured to enable logging of all dropped packets. When configured to false, discards related to the described cases are not captured in any event log. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-log reference
| Synopsis | Event log name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item log event-log reference | |
| Tree | event-log | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number event-log named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
strict boolean
| Synopsis | Enable strict checking of TCP traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item strict boolean | |
| Tree | strict | |
Description | When configured to true, the command specifies whether enforcement of TCP sequence and acknowledgment numbers are applied. If a packet does not meet the expected sequence or acknowledgment number, it is dropped. This command should only be enabled if the expected bit error rate or packet loss is low. For example, if acknowledgments are lost before being detected by AA, the server timeouts are triggered and retransmissions occur. If strict is enabled, these retransmissions resemble a reply attack and are dropped by AA. When configured to false, the command removes the TCP sequence and acknowledgment number enforcement. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tethering-detection
| Synopsis | Enter the tethering-detection context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection | |
| Tree | tethering-detection | |
Description | Commands in this context configure tethering detection for the group. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of tethering detection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
single-device
| Synopsis | Enter the single-device context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection single-device | |
| Tree | single-device | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the single-device fields and expected TTL values for flow-level tethering detection. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
expected-ttl [ttl] number
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for expected-ttl | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection single-device expected-ttl number | |
| Tree | expected-ttl | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the TTL values for single-device tethering detection. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ttl] number
| Synopsis | Expected TTL traffic value from host devices | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection single-device expected-ttl number | |
| Tree | expected-ttl | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
invert-match boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Mark flows with expected TTL values as tethered | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection single-device invert-match boolean | |
| Tree | invert-match | |
Description | When configured to true, AA classifies flows with expected TTL values as coming from a connected device (tethered). When configured to false, AA classifies flows with expected TTL values as coming from the host device (untethered). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ttl-monitor
| Synopsis | Enter the ttl-monitor context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection ttl-monitor | |
| Tree | ttl-monitor | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the scope of analysis for TCP and UDP traffic for tethering detection. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-protocols keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Scope of analysis for TCP traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection ttl-monitor tcp-protocols keyword | |
| Tree | tcp-protocols | |
Description | This command configures whether AA analyzes all TCP traffic or only traffic from standard applications that generate consistent TTL values. Configuring AA to analyze all TCP traffic is typically recommended. | |
| Options | standard – Protocols with reliable TTL-tethering state association all – All protocols | |
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
udp-protocols keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Scope of analysis for UDP traffic | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number tethering-detection ttl-monitor udp-protocols keyword | |
| Tree | udp-protocols | |
Description | This command configures whether AA analyzes all UDP traffic or only traffic from standard applications that generate consistent TTL values. Configuring AA to analyze only standard UDP traffic is recommended. | |
| Options | standard – Protocols with reliable TTL-tethering state association all – All protocols | |
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
threshold-crossing-alert
| Synopsis | Enter the threshold-crossing-alert context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert | |
| Tree | threshold-crossing-alert | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the generation of threshold crossing alerts (TCAs). | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
criteria [criteria-id] keyword direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the criteria list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | criteria | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the TCA criteria for the partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[criteria-id] keyword
| Synopsis | Statistics TCA criteria ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | criteria | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for the criteria statistics TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | criteria | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert criteria keyword direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert criteria keyword direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-filter [gtp-filter-name] reference criteria keyword direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the gtp-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure TCA generation for a GTP filter. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[gtp-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | GTP filter name for TCA generation | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
criteria keyword
| Synopsis | Criteria ID for GTP filter TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for the GTP filter TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
gtp-filter-entry [gtp-filter-name] reference entry-id number direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the gtp-filter-entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter-entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA GTP filter entry TCA fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[gtp-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | AA GTP filter name for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter-entry | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number gtp gtp-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry-id number
| Synopsis | Entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter-entry | |
Description | This command configures the identifier for the statistics TCA GTP filter V1 message type entry, V2 message type entry, or imsi-apn filter entry. | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Traffic direction for GTP filter entry TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword | |
| Tree | gtp-filter-entry | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter-entry reference entry-id number direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer [policer-name] named-item direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert policer named-item direction keyword | |
| Tree | policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a TCA for the counter capturing drops or admit events. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name for TCA generation | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert policer named-item direction keyword | |
| Tree | policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for the policer TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert policer named-item direction keyword | |
| Tree | policer | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert policer named-item direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert policer named-item direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sctp-filter [sctp-filter-name] reference criteria keyword direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the sctp-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure TCA generation for an SCTP filter. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sctp-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | SCTP filter name for TCA generation | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
criteria keyword
| Synopsis | Criteria ID for SCTP filter TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for SCTP filter TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sctp-filter-entry [sctp-filter-name] reference entry-id reference direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the sctp-filter-entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter-entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA SCTP filter PPID entry TCA fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[sctp-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | AA SCTP filter name for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter-entry | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry-id reference
| Synopsis | ID for SCTP filter entry TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter-entry | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number sctp-filter named-item ppid entry number | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | sctp-filter-entry | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert sctp-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-filter [session-filter-name] reference criteria keyword direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the session-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure TCA generation for a session filter. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[session-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | AA session filter name for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
criteria keyword
| Synopsis | ID for session filter entry TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter reference criteria keyword direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-filter-entry [session-filter-name] reference entry-id reference direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the session-filter-entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter-entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA session filter entry TCA fields for the partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[session-filter-name] reference
| Synopsis | AA session filter name for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter-entry | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry-id reference
| Synopsis | ID for session filter entry TCA | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter-entry | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number session-filter named-item entry number | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | session-filter-entry | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert session-filter-entry reference entry-id reference direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-validate [tcp-validate-name] reference direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the tcp-validate list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert tcp-validate reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure TCP validation policy TCA fields for the partition. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tcp-validate-name] reference
| Synopsis | AA TCP validate name for configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert tcp-validate reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number tcp-validate named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for TCA configuration | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert tcp-validate reference direction keyword | |
| Tree | tcp-validate | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-watermark number
| Synopsis | High watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert tcp-validate reference direction keyword high-watermark number | |
| Tree | high-watermark | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low-watermark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number threshold-crossing-alert tcp-validate reference direction keyword low-watermark number | |
| Tree | low-watermark | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit-ip-policy [ip-policy-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the transit-ip-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number | |
| Tree | transit-ip-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context define a transit AA subscriber IP policy. Transit AA subscribers are managed by the system through the use of this policy assigned to services, which determines how transit subs are created and removed for that service. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-policy-id] number
| Synopsis | IP transit policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number | |
| Tree | transit-ip-policy | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-app-profile reference
| Synopsis | Default AA application profile | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number default-app-profile reference | |
| Tree | default-app-profile | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
detect-seen-ip boolean
| Synopsis | Detect transit subscribers based on IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number detect-seen-ip boolean | |
| Tree | detect-seen-ip | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dhcp
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcp context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number dhcp | |
| Tree | dhcp | |
Description | Commands in this context enable dynamic DHCP-based management of transit aa-subs for the transit IP policy. Dynamic DHCP-based management and other types of management of transit subs for a transit IP policy are mutually exclusive. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state for learning DHCP dynamic transits | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number dhcp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
diameter
| Synopsis | Enter the diameter context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number diameter | |
| Tree | diameter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure dynamic Diameter-based management of transit AA subs for the transit IP policy. This is mutually exclusive to other types of management of transit subs for a given transit IP policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state for Diameter dynamic transits | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number diameter admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
application-policy reference
| Synopsis | Diameter application policy name for IP transit policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number diameter application-policy reference | |
| Tree | application-policy | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-gx-policy named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-address-prefix-length number
| Synopsis | Length of the AA transit IP policy IPv6 address prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number ipv6-address-prefix-length number | |
| Tree | ipv6-address-prefix-length | |
| Range | 32 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius
| Synopsis | Enter the radius context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number radius | |
| Tree | radius | |
Description | Commands in this context enable dynamic RADIUS-based management of transit aa-subs for the transit IP policy. This is mutually exclusive to other types of management of transit subs for a given transit IP policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of learning RADIUS dynamic transit | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number radius admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
authentication-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS authentication policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number radius authentication-policy reference | |
| Tree | authentication-policy | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt radius-authentication-policy named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
seen-ip-radius-acct-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting policy to enable seen-IP notification | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number radius seen-ip-radius-acct-policy reference | |
| Tree | seen-ip-radius-acct-policy | |
Reference | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
static-aa-sub [transit-aa-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the static-aa-sub list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number static-aa-sub named-item | |
| Tree | static-aa-sub | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[transit-aa-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Static transit subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number static-aa-sub named-item | |
| Tree | static-aa-sub | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-profile reference
| Synopsis | Application profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number static-aa-sub named-item app-profile reference | |
| Tree | app-profile | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip [address] (ipv4-unicast-address | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for ip | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number static-aa-sub named-item ip (ipv4-unicast-address | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IP address for a static transit aa-sub. | |
| Max. instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[address] (ipv4-unicast-address | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address for an AA static transit subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number static-aa-sub named-item ip (ipv4-unicast-address | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | ip | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sub-ident-policy reference
| Synopsis | Subscriber identification policy | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number sub-ident-policy reference | |
| Tree | sub-ident-policy | |
Description | This command defines the subscriber identification policy for the transit IP policy that will be associated with a SAP. The subscriber identification policy must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the configure subscriber-mgmt sub-ident-policy context. Subscribers are managed by the system through the use of subscriber identification strings. A subscriber identification string uniquely identifies a subscriber. For static hosts, the subscriber identification string is explicitly defined with each static subscriber host. For dynamic hosts, the subscriber identification string must be derived from the DHCP ACK message sent to the subscriber host. The default value for the string is the content of Option 82 CIRCUIT-ID and REMOTE-ID fields interpreted as an octet string. As an option, the DHCP ACK message may be processed by a subscriber identification policy which has the capability to parse the message into an alternative ASCII or octet string value. When multiple hosts on the same port are associated with the same subscriber identification string, they are considered to be host members of the same subscriber. A subscriber identification policy can also be used for identifying dynamic transit subscriber names. | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt sub-ident-policy external-named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit-auto-create
| Synopsis | Enter the transit-auto-create context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number transit-auto-create | |
| Tree | transit-auto-create | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the seen-IP auto creation of transit subscribers using the transit IP policy name and subscriber IP address as the aa-sub name. The default app-profile configured against the transit IP policy is applied to these subscribers. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the automatic dynamic transits | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number transit-auto-create admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
inactivity-monitor boolean
| Synopsis | Monitor inactivity on auto-created transit subscribers | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-ip-policy number transit-auto-create inactivity-monitor boolean | |
| Tree | inactivity-monitor | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the auto-removal of inactive transit subscribers. Periodically, AA removes any inactive auto-created subscribers. An inactive subscriber is defined as having no active flows in the last period. When configured to false, this command disables the auto-removal of inactive transit subscribers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transit-prefix-policy [prefix-policy-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the transit-prefix-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number | |
| Tree | transit-prefix-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context define a transit AA subscriber prefix policy. Transit AA subscribers are managed by the system through the use of this policy assigned to services, which determines how transit subscribers are created and removed for that service. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[prefix-policy-id] number
| Synopsis | Transit prefix policy ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number | |
| Tree | transit-prefix-policy | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the index to a specific entry of a transit prefix policy. | |
| Max. instances | 4095 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for a transit prefix policy entry | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub reference
| Synopsis | Name of the transit prefix AA subscriber | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number aa-sub reference | |
| Tree | aa-sub | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number static-aa-sub named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
match
| Synopsis | Enter the match context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number match | |
| Tree | match | |
Description | Commands in this context configure transit prefix policy entry match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
aa-sub-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | AA subscriber IP address prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number match aa-sub-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | aa-sub-ip | |
Description | This command configures a transit prefix subscriber IP address prefix. It is used when the site is on the local side, the same side of the system as the parent SAP. The local aa-sub-ip addresses represent the source IP in the from-SAP direction and destination IP in the to-SAP direction. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
network-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Network IP address prefix | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number entry number match network-ip (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | network-ip | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
static-aa-sub [transit-aa-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the static-aa-sub list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number static-aa-sub named-item | |
| Tree | static-aa-sub | |
| Max. instances | 4095 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[transit-aa-sub-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Static transit subscriber name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number static-aa-sub named-item | |
| Tree | static-aa-sub | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
app-profile reference
| Synopsis | Application profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number static-aa-sub named-item app-profile reference | |
| Tree | app-profile | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number partition number policy app-profile named-item | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
is-remote boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Set transit subscriber as remote | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number transit-prefix-policy number static-aa-sub named-item is-remote boolean | |
| Tree | is-remote | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
wap1x
| Synopsis | Enter the wap1x context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number wap1x | |
| Tree | wap1x | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) 1.X. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of WAP1x detection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number partition number wap1x admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policer
| Synopsis | Enter the policer context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer | |
| Tree | policer | |
Description | Commands in this context create application assurance policer profiles of a specified type. Policers can be bandwidth or flow-limiting and can have a granularity of system scope (limits traffic entering AA ISA for all or a subset of AA subscribers) or a subscriber scope (limits apply to each AA subscriber traffic). The policer type and granularity can only be configured during creation. They cannot be modified. The policer profile must be removed from all AQPs to be removed. Changes to policer profile parameters take effect immediately for policers instantiated as a result of AQP actions using this profile. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
anl-bandwidth-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the anl-bandwidth-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | anl-bandwidth-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA ANL policer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | anl-bandwidth-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Action for packets violating configured policer rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command configures the action to be performed by single-bucket bandwidth policers for non-conformant traffic. Dual bucket bandwidth policers cannot have their action configured and always mark traffic below CIR as in-profile, between CIR and PIR as out-of-profile, and drop traffic above PIR. Flow policers always discard non-conformant traffic. When multiple application assurance policers are configured against a single flow (including policers at both subscriber and system), the flow/packet is dropped if one of the policers requires the packet to be discarded. This occurs regardless of the action of the other policers. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit-deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
adaptation-rule
| Synopsis | Enter the adaptation-rule context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule | |
| Tree | adaptation-rule | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA policer adaptation rule fields and define the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR values when the queue is provisioned. For the CIR and PIR values individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined option. To change the CIR adaptation rule only, the current PIR rule must be part of the command executed. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir keyword
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule pir keyword | |
| Tree | pir | |
Description | This command configures the adaptation rule to be used while computing the operational PIR value. The adaptation rule specifies the rules to compute the operational values while maintaining minimum offset. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | ANL bandwidth policer maximum burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-percentage number
| Synopsis | Rate used by Access-Network-Location policers | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item rate-percentage number | |
| Tree | rate-percentage | |
Description | This command configures the stage 1 congestion percentage used by Access-Network-Location (ANL) policers. Because ANL total bandwidth is dynamically measured and estimated by AA, this command allows the operator to configure the ratio of that measured bandwidth to be used by the ANL policer as the policer rate. No limiting is performed if not specified. | |
| Range | 0 to 200 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-percentage-stage-2 number
| Synopsis | Rate used by Access-Network-Location policers | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer anl-bandwidth-policer named-item rate-percentage-stage-2 number | |
| Tree | rate-percentage-stage-2 | |
Description | This command configures the stage 2 congestion percentage rate used by Access-Network-Location (ANL) policers. Because ANL stage2 total bandwidth is dynamically measured and estimated by AA, this command allows the operator to configure the ratio of that measured bandwidth to be used by the ANL stage2 policer as the policer rate. When unconfigured, limiting is not performed. | |
| Range | 0 to 200 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the dual-bucket bandwidth policer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
adaptation-rule
| Synopsis | Enter the adaptation-rule context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule | |
| Tree | adaptation-rule | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA policer adaptation rule fields and define the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR values when the queue is provisioned. For the CIR and PIR values individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined option. To change the CIR adaptation rule only, the current PIR rule must be part of the command executed. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cir keyword
| Synopsis | Committed information rate value for adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule cir keyword | |
| Tree | cir | |
Description | This command configures the CIR for the dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer adaptation rule policer. Nokia recommends configuring CIR larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. The CIR is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir keyword
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule pir keyword | |
| Tree | pir | |
Description | This command configures the adaptation rule to be used while computing the operational PIR value. The adaptation rule specifies the rules to compute the operational values while maintaining minimum offset. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cbs number
| Synopsis | Committed burst size when in congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item cbs number | |
| Tree | cbs | |
Description | This command configures the committed burst size (CBS) for a policer. Nokia recommends that CBS is configured larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. CBS is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Committed information rate value for the policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item cir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | cir | |
Description | This command configures the CIR for the dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer policer. Nokia recommends that the CIR is configured larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. The CIR is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override | |
| Tree | congestion-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the congestion bandwidth policer override rates. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cbs number
| Synopsis | Committed burst size in a congested stage 2 state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override cbs number | |
| Tree | cbs | |
Description | This command configures the committed burst size for a policer. The configured CBS should be larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. CBS is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Committed information rate value for policer override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override cir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | cir | |
Description | This command configures the CIR for the dual-bucket bandwidth policer congestion override. Nokia recommends that the CIR is configured larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. The CIR is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override-stage-2
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override-stage-2 context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 | |
| Tree | congestion-override-stage-2 | |
Description | This command enables the context to configure per-subscriber stage 2 congestion bandwidth policer override rates. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cbs number
| Synopsis | Committed burst size in a congested stage 2 state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 cbs number | |
| Tree | cbs | |
Description | This command configures the committed burst size for a policer. The configured CBS should be larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. CBS is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Committed information rate value for policer override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 cir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | cir | |
Description | This command configures the CIR for the dual-bucket bandwidth policer congestion override. Nokia recommends that the CIR is configured larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. The CIR is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth policer maximum burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the bandwidth policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-of-day-override [tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the time-of-day-override list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the time of day override policy for a given policer. Rate/mbs/cbs/flow-rate/flow-count configured in each override-id will override the default policer values at the specified time of day configured in the override. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this time of day policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cbs number
| Synopsis | Committed burst size for time of day override policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number cbs number | |
| Tree | cbs | |
Description | This command configures the committed burst size (CBS) for a policer. Nokia recommends configuring CBS larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. CBS is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Committed information rate for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number cir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | cir | |
Description | This command configures the committed information rate (CIR) for the dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer policer time of day override. Nokia recommends that the CIR is configured larger than twice the maximum MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. The CIR is configurable for dual-bucket bandwidth policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size for the policer time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends that MBS is configured larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-range
| Synopsis | Enter the time-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range | |
| Tree | time-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the days of the week policer override is enabled as well as the time policer override starts and ends. When using a daily override the operator can select which days during the week from Sunday to Saturday it is applicable along with the start/end hour/min time range repeated over these days.When using a weekly override the operator can select between which days in the week the policy start up to the hours/min for both start day and end day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
daily
| Synopsis | Enable the daily context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily | |
| Tree | daily | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the daily start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-days
| Synopsis | Enable policer override on every day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily all-days | |
| Tree | all-days | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Daily end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily end policer-end-time | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | This command configures the daily end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
on keyword
| Synopsis | Policer override on selected days | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily on keyword | |
| Tree | on | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Daily start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily start policer-start-time | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | This command configures the daily start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
weekly
| Synopsis | Enable the weekly context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly | |
| Tree | weekly | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end
| Synopsis | Enable the end context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly end time for policer override.When using a weekly override, the operator can select between which days in the week the policy ends up to the hours or minutes for both start of the day and end of the day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly end day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Weekly end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end time policer-end-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start
| Synopsis | Enable the start context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start time for policer override. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly start day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Weekly start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer dual-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start time policer-start-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-bandwidth-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-bandwidth-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-bandwidth-policer | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-bandwidth-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Action for packets violating configured policer rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command configures the action to be performed by single-bucket bandwidth policers for non-conformant traffic. Dual bucket bandwidth policers cannot have their action configured and always mark traffic below CIR as in-profile, between CIR and PIR as out-of-profile, and drop traffic above PIR. Flow policers always discard non-conformant traffic. When multiple application assurance policers are configured against a single flow (including policers at both subscriber and system), the flow/packet is dropped if one of the policers requires the packet to be discarded. This occurs regardless of the action of the other policers. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit-deny | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
adaptation-rule
| Synopsis | Enter the adaptation-rule context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule | |
| Tree | adaptation-rule | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir keyword
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule pir keyword | |
| Tree | pir | |
Description | This command configures the adaptation rule to be used while computing the operational PIR value. The adaptation rule specifies the rules to compute the operational values while maintaining minimum offset. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override | |
| Tree | congestion-override | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override-stage-2
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override-stage-2 context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 | |
| Tree | congestion-override-stage-2 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth policer maximum burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the bandwidth policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-of-day-override [tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the time-of-day-override list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this time of day policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth policer MBS for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-range
| Synopsis | Enter the time-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range | |
| Tree | time-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the days of the week policer override is enabled as well as the time policer override starts and ends. When using a daily override the operator can select which days during the week from Sunday to Saturday it is applicable along with the start/end hour/min time range repeated over these days.When using a weekly override the operator can select between which days in the week the policy start up to the hours/min for both start day and end day. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
daily
| Synopsis | Enable the daily context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily | |
| Tree | daily | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the daily start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-days
| Synopsis | Enable policer override on every day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily all-days | |
| Tree | all-days | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Daily end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily end policer-end-time | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | This command configures the daily end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
on keyword
| Synopsis | Policer override on selected days | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily on keyword | |
| Tree | on | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Daily start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily start policer-start-time | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | This command configures the daily start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
weekly
| Synopsis | Enable the weekly context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly | |
| Tree | weekly | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end
| Synopsis | Enable the end context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly end time for policer override.When using a weekly override, the operator can select between which days in the week the policy ends up to the hours or minutes for both start of the day and end of the day. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly end day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Weekly end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end time policer-end-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start
| Synopsis | Enable the start context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start time for policer override. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly start day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Weekly start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start time policer-start-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-count-limit-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-count-limit-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-count-limit-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA flow count limit policer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-count-limit-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Action for packets violating configured policer rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command configures the action to be performed by single-bucket bandwidth policers for non-conformant traffic. Dual bucket bandwidth policers cannot have their action configured and always mark traffic below CIR as in-profile, between CIR and PIR as out-of-profile, and drop traffic above PIR. Flow policers always discard non-conformant traffic. When multiple application assurance policers are configured against a single flow (including policers at both subscriber and system), the flow/packet is dropped if one of the policers requires the packet to be discarded. This occurs regardless of the action of the other policers. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit-deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
granularity keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Policer granularity | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item granularity keyword | |
| Tree | granularity | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
limit-gtp-flows boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Limit concurrent GTP flows | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item limit-gtp-flows boolean | |
| Tree | limit-gtp-flows | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peak-flow-count (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak flow count limit | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item peak-flow-count (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | peak-flow-count | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | flows | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-of-day-override [tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the time-of-day-override list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the time of day override policy for a specific policer. Rate/mbs/cbs/flow-rate/flow-count configured in each override ID overrides the default policer values at the specified time of day configured in the override. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this time of day policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peak-flow-count (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak flow count limit | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number peak-flow-count (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | peak-flow-count | |
| Range | 0 to 100000000 | |
| Units | flows | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-range
| Synopsis | Enter the time-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range | |
| Tree | time-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the days of the week policer override is enabled as well as the time policer override starts and ends. When using a daily override the operator can select which days during the week from Sunday to Saturday it is applicable along with the start/end hour/min time range repeated over these days.When using a weekly override the operator can select between which days in the week the policy start up to the hours/min for both start day and end day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
daily
| Synopsis | Enable the daily context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily | |
| Tree | daily | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the daily start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-days
| Synopsis | Enable policer override on every day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily all-days | |
| Tree | all-days | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Daily end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily end policer-end-time | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | This command configures the daily end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
on keyword
| Synopsis | Policer override on selected days | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily on keyword | |
| Tree | on | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Daily start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily start policer-start-time | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | This command configures the daily start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
weekly
| Synopsis | Enable the weekly context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly | |
| Tree | weekly | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end
| Synopsis | Enable the end context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly end time for policer override.When using a weekly override, the operator can select between which days in the week the policy ends up to the hours or minutes for both start of the day and end of the day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly end day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Weekly end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end time policer-end-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start
| Synopsis | Enable the start context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start time for policer override. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly start day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Weekly start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-count-limit-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start time policer-start-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the flow-setup-rate-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the flow setup rate policer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Action for packets violating configured policer rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command configures the action to be performed by single-bucket bandwidth policers for non-conformant traffic. Dual bucket bandwidth policers cannot have their action configured and always mark traffic below CIR as in-profile, between CIR and PIR as out-of-profile, and drop traffic above PIR. Flow policers always discard non-conformant traffic. When multiple application assurance policers are configured against a single flow (including policers at both subscriber and system), the flow/packet is dropped if one of the policers requires the packet to be discarded. This occurs regardless of the action of the other policers. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit-deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
adaptation-rule
| Synopsis | Enter the adaptation-rule context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item adaptation-rule | |
| Tree | adaptation-rule | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA policer adaptation rule fields and define the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR values when the queue is provisioned. For the CIR and PIR values individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined option. To change the CIR adaptation rule only, the current PIR rule must be part of the command executed. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peak-flow-setup-rate keyword
| Synopsis | Peak flow setup rate adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item adaptation-rule peak-flow-setup-rate keyword | |
| Tree | peak-flow-setup-rate | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-burst-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum flow setup rate burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item flow-setup-rate-burst-size number | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-burst-size | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | flows | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
granularity keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Policer granularity | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item granularity keyword | |
| Tree | granularity | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak flow setup rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | peak-flow-setup-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-of-day-override [tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the time-of-day-override list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the time of day override policy for a given policer. Rate/mbs/cbs/flow-rate/flow-count configured in each override-id will override the default policer values at the specified time of day configured in the override. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this time of day policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-burst-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum flow setup rate burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number flow-setup-rate-burst-size number | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-burst-size | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | flows | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak flow setup rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number peak-flow-setup-rate (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | peak-flow-setup-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | flows per second | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-range
| Synopsis | Enter the time-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range | |
| Tree | time-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the days of the week policer override is enabled as well as the time policer override starts and ends. When using a daily override the operator can select which days during the week from Sunday to Saturday it is applicable along with the start/end hour/min time range repeated over these days.When using a weekly override the operator can select between which days in the week the policy start up to the hours/min for both start day and end day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
daily
| Synopsis | Enable the daily context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily | |
| Tree | daily | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the daily start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-days
| Synopsis | Enable policer override on every day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily all-days | |
| Tree | all-days | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Daily end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily end policer-end-time | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | This command configures the daily end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
on keyword
| Synopsis | Policer override on selected days | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily on keyword | |
| Tree | on | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Daily start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily start policer-start-time | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | This command configures the daily start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
weekly
| Synopsis | Enable the weekly context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly | |
| Tree | weekly | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end
| Synopsis | Enable the end context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly end time for policer override.When using a weekly override, the operator can select between which days in the week the policy ends up to the hours or minutes for both start of the day and end of the day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly end day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Weekly end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end time policer-end-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start
| Synopsis | Enable the start context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start time for policer override. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly start day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Weekly start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer flow-setup-rate-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start time policer-start-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
single-bucket-bandwidth-policer [policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the single-bucket-bandwidth-policer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | single-bucket-bandwidth-policer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the single-bucket bandwidth policer. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[policer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Policer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item | |
| Tree | single-bucket-bandwidth-policer | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
action keyword
| Synopsis | Action for packets violating configured policer rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item action keyword | |
| Tree | action | |
Description | This command configures the action to be performed by single-bucket bandwidth policers for non-conformant traffic. Dual bucket bandwidth policers cannot have their action configured and always mark traffic below CIR as in-profile, between CIR and PIR as out-of-profile, and drop traffic above PIR. Flow policers always discard non-conformant traffic. When multiple application assurance policers are configured against a single flow (including policers at both subscriber and system), the flow/packet is dropped if one of the policers requires the packet to be discarded. This occurs regardless of the action of the other policers. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | permit-deny | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
adaptation-rule
| Synopsis | Enter the adaptation-rule context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule | |
| Tree | adaptation-rule | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir keyword
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the adaptation rule | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item adaptation-rule pir keyword | |
| Tree | pir | |
Description | This command configures the adaptation rule to be used while computing the operational PIR value. The adaptation rule specifies the rules to compute the operational values while maintaining minimum offset. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | closest | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override | |
| Tree | congestion-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the congestion bandwidth policer override rates. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
congestion-override-stage-2
| Synopsis | Enter the congestion-override-stage-2 context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 | |
| Tree | congestion-override-stage-2 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure per-subscriber stage 2 congestion bandwidth policer override rates. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Maximum burst size when in a congested state | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the congestion override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item congestion-override-stage-2 pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
granularity keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Policer granularity | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item granularity keyword | |
| Tree | granularity | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth policer maximum burst size | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for the bandwidth policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-of-day-override [tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the time-of-day-override list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the time of day override policy for a given policer. Rate/mbs/cbs/flow-rate/flow-count configured in each override-id will override the default policer values at the specified time of day configured in the override. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tod-override-id] number
| Synopsis | ID for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number | |
| Tree | time-of-day-override | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this time of day policer | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mbs number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth policer MBS for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number mbs number | |
| Tree | mbs | |
Description | This command configures the maximum burst size (MBS) for the policer. Nokia recommends configuring MBS larger than twice the MTU for the traffic handled by the policer to allow for some burstiness of the traffic. MBS is configurable for single-bucket, dual-bucket bandwidth, and flow setup rate policers only. | |
| Range | 0 to 131071 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pir (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Peak information rate value for time of day override | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number pir (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | pir | |
| Range | 1 to 100000000 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time-range
| Synopsis | Enter the time-range context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range | |
| Tree | time-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the days of the week policer override is enabled as well as the time policer override starts and ends. When using a daily override the operator can select which days during the week from Sunday to Saturday it is applicable along with the start/end hour/min time range repeated over these days.When using a weekly override the operator can select between which days in the week the policy start up to the hours/min for both start day and end day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
daily
| Synopsis | Enable the daily context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily | |
| Tree | daily | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the daily start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
all-days
| Synopsis | Enable policer override on every day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily all-days | |
| Tree | all-days | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Daily end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily end policer-end-time | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | This command configures the daily end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
on keyword
| Synopsis | Policer override on selected days | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily on keyword | |
| Tree | on | |
| Options | ||
| Max. instances | 6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: all-days or on. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Daily start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range daily start policer-start-time | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | This command configures the daily start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
weekly
| Synopsis | Enable the weekly context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly | |
| Tree | weekly | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start and end times for policer override. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: daily or weekly. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end
| Synopsis | Enable the end context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly end time for policer override.When using a weekly override, the operator can select between which days in the week the policy ends up to the hours or minutes for both start of the day and end of the day. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly end day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-end-time
| Synopsis | Weekly end time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly end time policer-end-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly end time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start
| Synopsis | Enable the start context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start | |
| Tree | start | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the weekly start time for policer override. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
day keyword
| Synopsis | Weekly start day | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start day keyword | |
| Tree | day | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time policer-start-time
| Synopsis | Weekly start time | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number policer single-bucket-bandwidth-policer named-item time-of-day-override number time-range weekly start time policer-start-time | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the weekly start time of the policer override. The time format must be [hh:mm]. The hh value is 00 to 24. The mm value is 00, 15, 30, or 45. If hh is 24, mm must be 00. | |
| String length | 3 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-optimizer [tcp-optimizer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the tcp-optimizer list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item | |
| Tree | tcp-optimizer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the TCP optimizer policy. When a TCP optimizer policy is removed or deleted, the existing flows using this policy are abandoned, and optimization is stopped. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[tcp-optimizer-name] named-item
| Synopsis | TCP optimizer name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item | |
| Tree | tcp-optimizer | |
Description | This command configures the name of the TCP optimizer policy. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dack-timeout number
| Synopsis | Delayed acknowledgment timeout for client and server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item dack-timeout number | |
| Tree | dack-timeout | |
Description | This command configures a delay ACK (DACK) timeout for the TCP optimizer. By entering this command a default of 200 ms timeout is enabled for delayed acknowledgment. This value is not configurable. | |
| Range | 200 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high-cpu-backoff boolean
| Synopsis | Stop optimizing sessions when CPU capacity is limited | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item high-cpu-backoff boolean | |
| Tree | high-cpu-backoff | |
Description | When configured to true, AA stops optimizing TCP sessions when the CPU capacity is limited. AA implements the following CPU utilization thresholds: level 1 - 75% level 2 - 85% level 3 - 90% The following describes the functionality of the preceding thresholds: early random bypass stage (level 1) When the CPU utilization is between level 1 and level 2, AA randomly optimizes or bypasses new TCP sessions proportional to the position of the CPU utilization within the range between level 1 and level 2. stop optimization of new flows stage (level 2) When the CPU utilization is at or above level 2, AA stops optimizing new TCP sessions. abandon stage (level 3) When the CPU utilization is at or above level 3, AA abandons existing optimized TCP sessions. Note: The CPU utilization is measured once per second in each core or worker. The CPU utilization may differ between cores. When configured to false, AA optimizes TCP sessions, regardless of the CPU capacity. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
initial-cwnd number
| Synopsis | MSS of the TCP optimizer initial congestion window | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item initial-cwnd number | |
| Tree | initial-cwnd | |
Description | This command configures the maximum segment size (MSS) of the initial congestion window used by the TCP optimizer (TCPO) during the Slow Start (SS) period. | |
| Range | 1 to 256 | |
| Default | 8 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
initial-ss-threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Initial TCP Slow Start threshold for client and server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item initial-ss-threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | initial-ss-threshold | |
Description | This command configures the initial Slow Start (SS) threshold for a specific TCP optimizer policy. Nokia recommends setting the threshold close to the access network Bandwidth Delay Product (BDP). | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Units | kilobytes | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
network-rtt-threshold number
| Synopsis | Network round trip time threshold | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item network-rtt-threshold number | |
| Tree | network-rtt-threshold | |
Description | This command configures the threshold of the Round Trip Time (RTT) delay of the network side (between AA and the content provider) above which TCP Optimization (TCPO) is performed. This enables the operator to disable optimization for content that is served from a location close to the TCP optimizer. | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tcp-stack keyword
| Synopsis | TCP stack congestion control algorithm | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number tcp-optimizer named-item tcp-stack keyword | |
| Tree | tcp-stack | |
Description | This command configures the TCP stack used toward the subscriber. Note: The TCP stack used toward the core network is new-reno, and it is not configurable. TCP BBR, BBRv2, TCP Illinois, and TCP Westwood implement a sender-side modification of the TCP congestion window algorithm that improves the performance of TCP Reno in wireless networks with lossy links. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | westwood | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
url-filter [url-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the url-filter list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item | |
| Tree | url-filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a URL filter action for flows of a specific type matching this entry. If no URL filters are specified, then no URL filters are evaluated. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[url-filter-name] named-item
| Synopsis | URL filter name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item | |
| Tree | url-filter | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the AA URL filter | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
apply-function-specific-behaviour boolean
| Synopsis | Use function-specific behavior for action or redirect | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item apply-function-specific-behaviour boolean | |
| Tree | apply-function-specific-behaviour | |
Description | When configured to true, the function-specific configurations for URL list, ICAP, and web service (url-list, icap, and web-service) are used for default action (default-action) and HTTP redirect (http-redirect). When configured to false, the configuration at the URL filter level (url-filter) is used for default action and HTTP redirect. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action
| Synopsis | Enter the default-action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item default-action | |
| Tree | default-action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the default action to take effect when the URL filter cannot be used. This may occur in the following cases:
| |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
allow
| Synopsis | Allow all requests as the default URL filter action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item default-action allow | |
| Tree | allow | |
Description | When configured, the router allows all requests as the default URL filter action when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-all
| Synopsis | Block all requests as the default URL filter action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item default-action block-all | |
| Tree | block-all | |
Description | When configured, the router blocks all requests as the default URL filter action when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP URL name for block and redirect request action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item default-action block-http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | block-http-redirect | |
Description | This command specifies the URL that the user is directed to when the router blocks traffic. The information page can be different from the page the user is redirected to when the site that the user tried to access is found in the URL filter. This page is configured using the configure application-assurance group url-filter http-redirect command. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect for a blocked HTTP request | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-request-filtering keyword
| Synopsis | HTTP filtering for all HTTP requests | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item http-request-filtering keyword | |
| Tree | http-request-filtering | |
| Options | ||
| Default | all | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
icap
| Synopsis | Enter the icap context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap | |
| Tree | icap | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the URL filter ICAP policy fields. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
custom-x-header named-item
| Synopsis | Custom x-header field name to include in ICAP requests | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap custom-x-header named-item | |
| Tree | custom-x-header | |
Description | This command configures the URL filter ICAP policy to include a new x-header field; the content of the x-header is populated based on the AQP URL filter action which can optionally specify the ASO characteristic value to include in the x-header. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action
| Synopsis | Enter the default-action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap default-action | |
| Tree | default-action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a default action for the URL filter. The default action takes effect when the URL filter cannot be used. This may happen when all TCP connections are busy or down. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
allow
| Synopsis | Allow all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap default-action allow | |
| Tree | allow | |
Description | When configured, this command allows all traffic when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-all
| Synopsis | Block all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap default-action block-all | |
| Tree | block-all | |
Description | When configured, this command blocks all traffic when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP URL for redirection when URL filter cannot be used | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap default-action block-http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | block-http-redirect | |
Description | This command blocks traffic and redirects the user to an information page, which can be different than the page the user is redirected to when the site they attempted to access was found in the URL filter; this page is configured using the configure application-assurance group url-filter http-redirect command. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect object used when ICAP blocks HTTP request | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
| Synopsis | Enter the server list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IP address and server port of the ICAP server. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the ICAP server. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | ICAP server IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
Description | This command configures the ICAP server address. In the current release, the system supports IPv4 addresses only for the ICAP server. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port number
| Synopsis | ICAP server port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| MD-CLI default | 1344 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of this URL filter ICAP server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vlan-id number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | VLAN ID of the ICAP server service port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item icap vlan-id number | |
| Tree | vlan-id | |
| Range | 1 to 4094 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
local-filtering
| Synopsis | Enter the local-filtering context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering | |
| Tree | local-filtering | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a URL filter policy for local filtering to filter traffic based on a list of URLs located on a file stored in the router compact flash. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
allow-list reference
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local filtering URL list for allowed URLs | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering allow-list reference | |
| Tree | allow-list | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
deny-list [url-list-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the deny-list list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference | |
| Tree | deny-list | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a list of denied URLs to be added to the local URL filter policy. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[url-list-name] reference
| Synopsis | URL list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference | |
| Tree | deny-list | |
Description | This command adds a deny-list URL list to the local URL filter policy. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-action
| Synopsis | Enter the default-action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference default-action | |
| Tree | default-action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a default action for the URL filter. The default action takes effect when the URL filter cannot be used. This may happen in the case of a local URL list when the URL list is disabled or the file is not loaded due to an error. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
allow
| Synopsis | Allow all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference default-action allow | |
| Tree | allow | |
Description | This command allows all traffic when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-all
| Synopsis | Block all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference default-action block-all | |
| Tree | block-all | |
Description | This command blocks all traffic when the URL filter cannot be used. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP URL for redirection when URL filter cannot be used | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference default-action block-http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | block-http-redirect | |
Description | This command blocks traffic and redirects the user to an information page, which can be different than the page the user is redirected to when the site they attempted to access was found in the URL filter; this page is configured using the configure application-assurance group url-filter http-redirect command. | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect object applied to blocked HTTP requests | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item local-filtering deny-list reference http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
web-service
| Synopsis | Enter the web-service context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service | |
| Tree | web-service | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the URL filter policy using web-service filtering. The operator must configure the web service, hostname, DNS server to use, the AA interface VLAN ID, and provision the category profiles. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
category-set number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web service category ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service category-set number | |
| Tree | category-set | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
classification-overrides
| Synopsis | Enter the classification-overrides context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classification-overrides | |
| Tree | classification-overrides | |
Description | Commands in this context create a classification override and allow the operator to manually set the category of a hostname. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classification-overrides entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a classification override, manually setting the category of a hostname. | |
| Max. instances | 200 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Classification override entry ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classification-overrides entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
category-name named-item
| Synopsis | Web service category name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classification-overrides entry number category-name named-item | |
| Tree | category-name | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
expression display-string
| Synopsis | Hostname of the configured override category | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classification-overrides entry number expression display-string | |
| Tree | expression | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
classifier keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web service classifier | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service classifier keyword | |
| Tree | classifier | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
default-action
| Synopsis | Enter the default-action context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service default-action | |
| Tree | default-action | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a default action for the URL filter. The default action takes effect when the URL filter cannot be used. This may happen when all TCP connections are busy or down. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
allow
| Synopsis | Allow all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service default-action allow | |
| Tree | allow | |
Description | This command allows all traffic when the web service is unavailable. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-all
| Synopsis | Block all requests as the default action | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service default-action block-all | |
| Tree | block-all | |
Description | This command blocks all traffic when the web service is unavailable. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block-http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | HTTP URL for redirection when traffic is blocked | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service default-action block-http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | block-http-redirect | |
Description | This command specifies the HTTP URL to be redirected to when traffic is blocked. This URL can be different than the URL the user is redirected to when the site they attempted to access was found in the URL filter (which is configured in the configure application-assurance group url-filter http-redirect command). | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: allow, block-all, or block-http-redirect. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-profile reference
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web service default profile | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service default-profile reference | |
| Tree | default-profile | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
dns-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web service DNS server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service dns-server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | dns-server | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
fqdn display-string
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web service fully qualified domain name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service fqdn display-string | |
| Tree | fqdn | |
| String length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
http-redirect reference
| Synopsis | Web service HTTP redirect | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service http-redirect reference | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Reference | configure application-assurance group number http-redirect named-item | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
profile [profile-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the profile list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item | |
| Tree | profile | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the category profiles of the web service. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[profile-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Web service profile name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item | |
| Tree | profile | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
block
| Synopsis | Enter the block context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item block | |
| Tree | block | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
category [category-name] web-serv-category-name
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for category | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item block category web-serv-category-name | |
| Tree | category | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the category that is blocked in the category profile. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[category-name] web-serv-category-name
| Synopsis | Web service profile category name to be blocked | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item block category web-serv-category-name | |
| Tree | category | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service profile named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number
| Synopsis | Enter the server list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
| Max. instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | AA web service server IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port number
| Synopsis | AA web service server port | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | server | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| MD-CLI default | 8080 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of URL filter web service server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service server (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vlan-id number
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Web-service VLAN ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-filter named-item web-service vlan-id number | |
| Tree | vlan-id | |
Description | This command configures the VLAN ID on which the AA ISA emits the traffic mapping to a preconfigured AA interface. | |
| Range | 1 to 4094 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
url-list [url-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the url-list list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item | |
| Tree | url-list | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a URL list object. The URL list points to a file containing a list of URLs located on the system Compact Flash and is then referenced in a URL filter object to filter and redirect subscribers when a URL from this file is accessed. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[url-list-name] named-item
| Synopsis | URL list name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item | |
| Tree | url-list | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the URL list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
file display-string
| Synopsis | File name of the URL list on compact flash | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item file display-string | |
| Tree | file | |
| String length | 1 to 180 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
host-expressions boolean
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Allow URL list to contain hostnames with wildcards | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item host-expressions boolean | |
| Tree | host-expressions | |
Description | When configured to true, this command adds hostnames with wildcards to the URL list. When configured to false, the URL list containing hostnames with wildcards is removed from the configuration. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
key encrypted-leaf
| Synopsis | URL list decryption key | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item key encrypted-leaf | |
| Tree | key | |
Description | This command configures the secret key for decrypting the URL list. | |
| String length | 1 to 115 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
size keyword
|
Warning: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Size limit of the URL list | |
| Context | configure application-assurance group number url-list named-item size keyword | |
| Tree | size | |
| Options | ||
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
http-enrich
| Synopsis | Enter the http-enrich context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-enrich | |
| Tree | http-enrich | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
field [field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the field list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-enrich field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[field-name] named-item
| Synopsis | HTTP enrich field name (void, do not use) | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-enrich field named-item | |
| Tree | field | |
Description | This command should not be used by the operators. Configuring it has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-enrich field named-item comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-error-redirect
| Synopsis | Enter the http-error-redirect context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect | |
| Tree | http-error-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
error-code [error-code-number] number
| Synopsis | Enter the error-code list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect error-code number | |
| Tree | error-code | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[error-code-number] number
| Synopsis | Error code for HTTP error redirection | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect error-code number | |
| Tree | error-code | |
| Range | 400 to 999 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect error-code number comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template [template-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the template list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[template-id] number
| Synopsis | HTTP error redirect template ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect template number | |
| Tree | template | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-error-redirect template number comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-notification
| Synopsis | Enter the http-notification context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-notification | |
| Tree | http-notification | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template [template-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the template list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-notification template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[template-id] number
| Synopsis | HTTP notification template ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-notification template number | |
| Tree | template | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-notification template number comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
http-redirect
| Synopsis | Enter the http-redirect context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-redirect | |
| Tree | http-redirect | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
template [template-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the template list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-redirect template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | Commands in this context should not be used by the operators. Configuring them has no effect. Operators should use the commands in the application-assurance group context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[template-id] number
| Synopsis | HTTP redirect template ID | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-redirect template number | |
| Tree | template | |
Description | This command specifies the HTTP policy redirect template ID. The available options are: 1 - JavaScript based redirect embedded in HTTP 200 OK response with a predefined number of arguments automatically appended to the redirect URL 2 - HTTP 302 redirect with a predefined number of arguments automatically appended to the redirect URL 3 - HTTP 302 redirect with no parameters appended to the URL (empty) 4 - Empty redirect format using JavaScript 5 - Redirect supporting macro substitution using HTTP 302 6 - Redirect supporting macro substitution using JavaScript | |
| Max. range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
comment named-item
| Synopsis | User information comment | |
| Context | configure application-assurance http-redirect template number comment named-item | |
| Tree | comment | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
protocol [protocol-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the protocol list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance protocol named-item | |
| Tree | protocol | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the administrative state of system-wide protocols.Some protocols are always enabled and cannot be disabled. These are "base protocols" that were present in R1 of the release.Some protocols are disabled by default and can be enabled. There are protocols that were introduced post R1, which are all enabled by default but may be disabled if not desired. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[protocol-name] named-item
| Synopsis | AA protocol name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance protocol named-item | |
| Tree | protocol | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the protocol | |
| Context | configure application-assurance protocol named-item admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius-accounting-policy [rad-acct-plcy-name] named-item
| Synopsis | Enter the radius-accounting-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an existing subscriber RADIUS-based accounting policy to use for AA. RADIUS accounting policies are configured in the configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy context. | |
| Max. instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[rad-acct-plcy-name] named-item
| Synopsis | AA RADIUS accounting policy name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
| String length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description description
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item description description | |
| Tree | description | |
| String length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interim-update-interval number
| Synopsis | AA RADIUS accounting policy interim update interval | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item interim-update-interval number | |
| Tree | interim-update-interval | |
| Range | 5 to 1080 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius-accounting-server
| Synopsis | Enter the radius-accounting-server context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-server | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an existing subscriber RADIUS-based accounting policy to use for AA. RADIUS accounting policies are configured in the configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy context. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
access-algorithm keyword
| Synopsis | Access algorithm for the list of RADIUS servers | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server access-algorithm keyword | |
| Tree | access-algorithm | |
| Options | ||
| Default | direct | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
retry number
| Synopsis | Number of retries for contacting the RADIUS server | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server retry number | |
| Tree | retry | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-instance string
| Synopsis | Router or VPRN service name | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server router-instance string | |
| Tree | router-instance | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server [server-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the server list instance | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server server number | |
| Tree | server | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the RADIUS server and the RADIUS server IP address, index, and key values. RADIUS servers are accessed in order from lowest to highest index for authentication requests until a response from a server is received. A higher indexed server is only queried if no response is received from a lower indexed server (which implies that the server is not available). If a response from a server is received, no other RADIUS servers are queried. | |
| Max. instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[server-index] number
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting server index | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server server number | |
| Tree | server | |
Description | This command configures the index for the RADIUS server. The index determines the sequence in which the servers are queried for authentication requests. Servers are queried in order from lowest to highest index. | |
| Range | 1 to 5 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address ipv4-unicast-address
| Synopsis | RADIUS server IP address | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server server number address ipv4-unicast-address | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | This command configures the IP address of the RADIUS server. Two RADIUS servers cannot have the same IP address. An error message is generated if the server address is a duplicate. | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port number
| Synopsis | RADIUS server UDP port used for authentication | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server server number port number | |
| Tree | port | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1813 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
secret encrypted-leaf
| Synopsis | RADIUS server secret key | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server server number secret encrypted-leaf | |
| Tree | secret | |
Description | This command configures the secret key to access the RADIUS server. This secret key must match the password on the RADIUS server. | |
| String length | 1 to 54 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source-address ipv4-unicast-address
| Synopsis | Source IP address of RADIUS packets | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server source-address ipv4-unicast-address | |
| Tree | source-address | |
Description | This command configures the source IP address of the RADIUS packet. The system IP address must be configured for the RADIUS client to work. The system IP address must only be configured if the source address is not specified. When this command reverts to its default, the source address is determined at the moment the request is sent. This address is also used in the nas-ip-address command in the configure aaa radius isa-policy accounting include-attributes and configure aaa radius isa-policy authentication include-attributes contexts as it is set to the system IP address if no source address was given. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting server response timeout | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item radius-accounting-server timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 1 to 90 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
significant-change number
| Synopsis | Change delta for RADIUS accounting record updates | |
| Context | configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy named-item significant-change number | |
| Tree | significant-change | |
Description | This command configures the number of changes required to generate the record. | |
| Range | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
usage-alert-thresholds
| Synopsis | Enter the usage-alert-thresholds context | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds | |
| Tree | usage-alert-thresholds | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the AA performance monitoring alerts. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bit-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | High watermark for bit rate alarms | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds bit-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | bit-rate-high-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the high watermark for bit rate alarms. The value must be larger than or equal to the low watermark value. | |
| Range | 1 to 100000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bit-rate-low-wmark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark for bit rate alarms | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds bit-rate-low-wmark number | |
| Tree | bit-rate-low-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the utilization of the flow records on the ISA-AA group when the full alarm is cleared by the agent. | |
| Range | 0 to 99999 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
datapath-cpu-high-wmark (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | High watermark for datapath CPU alarms | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds datapath-cpu-high-wmark (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | datapath-cpu-high-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the system-wide high watermark threshold as a percentage of the per-ISA datapath core CPU utilization, where an alarm is raised by the agent. CPU usage is the average usage across all datapath cores. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 95 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
datapath-cpu-low-wmark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark for datapath CPU alarms | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds datapath-cpu-low-wmark number | |
| Tree | datapath-cpu-low-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the system-wide low watermark threshold as a percentage of the per-ISA datapath core CPU utilization, where an alarm is raised by the agent. CPU usage is the average usage across all datapath cores. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | High watermark for flow setup rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds flow-setup-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-high-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the system-wide high watermark threshold for per-ISA throughput in packets/second when an alarm is raised by the agent. The value must be larger than or equal to the packet-rate-low-wmark value. | |
| Range | 1 to 2000000 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-setup-rate-low-wmark number
| Synopsis | Low watermark for flow setup rate | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds flow-setup-rate-low-wmark number | |
| Tree | flow-setup-rate-low-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the flow setup rate on the ISA-AA when a flow setup alarm is raised by the agent. | |
| Range | 0 to 1999999 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-table-high-wmark number
| Synopsis | Flow table high watermark | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds flow-table-high-wmark number | |
| Tree | flow-table-high-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the system-wide high watermark threshold as a percentage of the flow table size for the per-ISA utilization of the flow records when a full alarm is raised by the agent. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 95 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flow-table-low-wmark number
| Synopsis | Flow table low watermark | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds flow-table-low-wmark number | |
| Tree | flow-table-low-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the system-wide low watermark threshold as a percentage of the flow table size for per-ISA. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
packet-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Packet rate high watermark | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds packet-rate-high-wmark (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | packet-rate-high-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the packet rate on the ISA-AA when a packet rate alarm is raised by the agent. | |
| Range | 1 to 148809524 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | max | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
packet-rate-low-wmark number
| Synopsis | Packet rate low watermark | |
| Context | configure application-assurance usage-alert-thresholds packet-rate-low-wmark number | |
| Tree | packet-rate-low-wmark | |
Description | This command configures the packet rate on the ISA-AA when a packet rate alarm is cleared by the agent. | |
| Range | 0 to 148809523 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |